top of page
KEYES JUL 6 1967.jpg

"OUR LIFE IN BRAZIL"

1867

FULL TRANSCRIPT OF THE DIARY OF JULIA LOUISE KEYES

AS WRITTEN 

(SOME PUNCTUATION ADDED FOR CLARITY)

Contents.   

                                                                                                                                                                    

Chapter

1…….        Leaving Montgomery.                                                                                                  

2……        Last of the United States.                                                                                                                                               

3……        The Amazon.                                                                                                             

4……        Rio - by Daylight.                                                                                                                                               

5……        The Emperor.                                                                                                                                              

6……        Shopping.                                                                                                                                              

7…….       Learning the Language.                                                                                                                  

8……        Going to the Doce.                                                                                                                          

9……        Once More Embarked.                                                                                                               

10….        Victoria.                                                                                                                                                  

11…..       First Picture of Life in the Wilderness.                                                                                                

12…..       Poling up the River.                                                                                                                               

13…..       Camping Out.                                                                                                                                             

14. …       Almost There.                                                                                                                                                

15…..       First Day in Linhares.                                                                                                                      

16…..       Visitors.                                                                                                                                                       

17…..       Society                                                                                                                                                   

18….        The Indians.                                                                                                                                                    

19…..       The first Dance.                                                                                                                                     

20….        Burying the Dead.                                                                                                                         

21…..       Washing Clothes.                                                                                                                                       

22…..       Arrival of the Freight.                                                                                                                 

23…..       New Trials and Evening Pleasures.                                                                                                              

24…..       Leaving the Village.                                                                                                                                 

25….        Lake Juparana.                                                                                                                                       

26….        Our Parlor.                                                                                                                                      

27…..       Our Hill-top.                                                                                                                      

28.…        The Roupa House.                                                                                       

29….        Visit to Dr. Dunn.                                                                                                  

30….        Breaking the Palha.                                                                                                                              

31…..       Our neighbors Across the Lake.                                                                                                                               

32…..      The Rising Waters.                                                                                                                                           

33…..      “Janella du Matte”.                                                                                                                                       

34….       Hours After Nightfall.                                                                                                                           

35…..      Washing Little Britches.                                                                                                                              

36…..      The Rice Story.                                                                                                                                            

37…..      Daily Avocations.                                                                                                                                

38.…       Baking a Monkey.                                                                                                                                            

39….       Moving the Roupa House.                                                                                                                   

40....       The Monkey Council.                                                                           

41…..       Searching for Picnic Grounds.                                                                                                

42….       Christmas Dinner at Mr. Williams.                                                                                                           

43…..      The Tournament.                                                                                                                                         

44….       Dark Days – The Fever.                                                                                              

45…..      The Watch.                                                                                                                                              

46….       Going Into a New House.                                                                                                

47…..      House Daubing and New Privations.                                                                                                            

48….       Returning Health.                                                                                                               

49….       New Terrors.                                                                                                                                               

50….       Suspense.                                                                                                                        

51…..       The Return.                                                                                                                                                     

52….        Last visit to Mrs. Miller.                                                                                                         

53….       Breaking Up the Colony.                                                                                                                  

54….       Leaving the Doce.                                                                                                                                

55….        Crossing the Bar.                                                                                                                           

56…..      Return to Rio de Janeiro.                                                                                                             

57…..      Dixie Island.                                                                                                                           

58…..      The Spring House.                                                                                                            

59…..      The Tamarind Trees.                                                                                                                      

60….       Tide Bound.                                                                                                                                                        

61…..       Ipihiba.                                                                                                                                              

62…..      Letters to the States from Dixie Island.                                                                                                            

63…..      Leaving Dixie.                                                                                                                                     

64…..      Pao Grande.                                                                                                                                               

65…..      The Carnival at Rio.                                                                                                                                   

66…..      Visit to Petropolis.                                                                                                                       

67…..      Disappointments.                                                                                                                                   

68….       Enganho Café.                                                                                                                                         

69…..      Moro du Inga.                                                                                                                                         

70…..      Friends Departing.                                                                                                                                      

71…..       Weather Bound.                                                                                           

72…..       Tidal Wave.                                                                                                                                            

73….        Visit to Paeseo Publica.                                                                                                                                      

74….        Lines to Lzzie.                                                                                                   

75…..       Letters to the U.S.                                                                                                            

76….        Fazenda Bangu.                                                                                                                 

77…..       The Bamboo Avenue and the Festival in Rio.                                                                                                          

78…..       Out on the Ocean.                                                                                                                                   

79….        The Alarm.                                                                                                                                                            

80….       Home Sweet Home.                                                                                                                                         

1.  Leaving Montgomery.

“Our life in Brazil” has been written at the earnest solicitation of friends; In the intervals of pressing duties, incident to a large family. Our home trials and pleasures are unveiled. Only in this way could we give an idea of what was endured and enjoyed, in our efforts to build a home around which others might gather, who, like ourselves, were willing to forsake the land of our birth.

Let us suggest to those who may have pondered on this step of emigration that only thus could restless spirits be made quiet after the sad termination of the war. Some who bore with fortitude all that could try the strength of soul, through the years of suffering and privation did not meet a blow like this. Others who were, it may be, wiser, quietly met their fate and did not move at the time of “running to and fro”. We, who could not judge, were left to conclude that a higher will than ours must rule, and yielded to what seemed the better way.

                                        

Very well. After a year’s meditation, deliberation and preparation, we embarked for Brazil.

On the evening of the 6th of April, 1867 -

we left Montgomery - taking passage for New Orleans on the steamer Doubloon.

Some of our friends who went down to see us off believed that ours was a fearful undertaking and thought we would have cause to regret the move. How grateful that such has not been the case - that a large and unbroken family had been permitted to return, in perfect health, after an absence of more than three years, bringing back the most pleasant remembrance of their lives.

A few dark episodes  marked the histories of all our band of emigrants,  but  even those  are recalled  by us  with pleasure as they left no lasting injury and brought with them many valuable lessons.                                                                                                                                                                

One of our friends, when bidding us farewell, said - quite feelingly – “I do not know who most to pity – we, that remain or you who undertake such a journey.” But he added – “I think I would like to go with you.”

The great sorrow of separation, which did not overwhelm us until we were gone, was mitigated by the belief that those most dear would soon follow us. Perhaps the insensibility of the fatalistic possession of us - though we convinced ourselves that was a state of unquestionable faith. At any rate, we were willing to go, believing if anything was ahead of us to prevent our embarkation, the event would occur in time to return. If not - and Providence permitted us to sail, all would be well.

After remaining a week at a hotel in New Orleans, meeting friends who lived in the city and having an agreeable time generally, we went on board the Marmion and found that several gentlemen from Montgomery were going, besides those who were accompanying us. Two young men who at had never thought of emigrating until our party arrived at the Hotel were seized with the desire to go to Brazil and they too engaged passage.

A good many families from the Southern States were embarking - we there learned - and the prospect of the voyage was already brightened. We are fortunate in being permitted to go on board the day previous to sailing for we found that our ship was unfurnished and we would be compelled to provide ourselves with many articles of comfort.

We unpacked some of our bedding, sent to the city for chairs and other conveniences. Canned fruits – crackers - wine and porter. The latter as a remedy for seasickness. We afterwards found that these additions to our plain fare were really needful and we would have suffered without them. Our quarters were between decks near the forward hatch. The decks eight feet apart. The canvassed stretchers, for beds, were in two rows – clean and new – three in a tier.

 The number of emigrants not being complete, we had several additional berths apportioned to us. By taking down two rows of stretchers, we made a snug little dressing room. After we had enclosed our beds in flowing curtains and settled ourselves to housekeeping, we were far more comfortable than we expected to be. Had plenty of space to walk between our rows of beds and shelves on which to put our satchels, shawls books, etc. Our apartment being nearest the hatch, we enjoyed a constant breeze.

Our steamer was chartered by the Brazilian Government to carry Southern emigrants to the Empire. She was a steam propeller of 1300 tons, and built three years before for the transportation of Federal troops. The charter cost $40,000 in specie, the price for each emigrant being $188 in gold to be paid by each, at the expiration of four years in biennial installments.

On the 18th of April -

one of the loveliness of spring morning we left the Crescent City so quietly we were moving some time before we were aware of our departure. We went up on deck to assure ourselves we were really off. Watched the receding city while the broad Mississippi bore as gently along. We passed out of the Gulf that night. The moon was shining brightly and the water was smooth as a mirror across the bar, safely between two vessels that were struck on the sand.

 

2.  Last of United States

On rounding Florida Point, we had some clouds and rough water in consequence of a little blow. The next novelty was sea-sickness among the passengers. We looked at the lighthouse with some interest. Saw the faint outline of a home of “wreckers” who were doubtless watching the red lights on our mast. The dark lining glowing spot which marked the last remnant of Florida, finally disappeared in that lovely clime we had once had a happy home. Near and dear relatives were there, dreaming perhaps at that moment of the Ship on the Sea, in we were born and of h we were borne – and of the wide separation, which is to come.

In the solemn silence of night, in the stillness of the heart's communion, the reality of what we were doing came cruelly upon us. A lifetime of pleasant joys crowded up with love, poems and cherished friends. What availed it then? Whether rashly or not - we were forsaking our native land. Someone sang from Childo Harold 

”With now my bark, I’ll swiftly go,   

Athwart the foaming brine – 

 For darest what land  thou bearest me to  

So not again to mine.”

Others were lost in a flood of homesickness, even at that early season. Ah! but then too late.

It was very pleasant sitting on deck in the morning or evening when the little ones were all asleep. It was certainly the most favorable hour for the grown people. There were many kind eyes upon them all day among passengers and sailors. And as the guards or railings were high, there were no danger of their getting over. Our captain was kind and attentive, very stern and his command, but no more so than necessary.

On the 18th

we passed the Tortugas.  On the 20th passed Great Isaacs. Saw a few rocks and a lighthouse, about breakfast hour.    

Sunday entered the Atlantic. The rolling waves brought more sea-sickness amongst the passengers. Our Captain had services on deck – our two ministers being sick. He distributed a number of prayerbooks and all the passengers that were able participated in the service.

For several days the seas remained rough, though not enough so to prevent our pleasure. Ladies generally occupied themselves with reading and sewing - and time did not hang heavily. We were much startled one morning by the appearance, on board, of a case of Varicloid – very slight - but cause of uneasiness.  

Passed Puerto Rico by night. Those who were up, said the streets, lighted by gas, could be readily distinguished and the scenery beautiful.

Thursday 25th,

we passed St. Thomas. We were disappointed in not being able to stop, but our cautious Captain thought it best to thwart our wishes on account of Cholera, Yellow-Fever, mosquitoes and flies which were said to prevail to some extent. We saw the city, lying between the hills. The tiled roofing with something new and interesting, seen through Col. Cencir’s elegant opera- glasses.

On Friday morning, 26th - we passed. Plymouth - was not on deck in time to see the beautiful picture as described by those who witnessed it. But in the afternoon had the rare pleasure of beholding mountain scenery in the perfection of beauty on the island of Guadeloupe. The top of the highest peak was cut off by a fleecy cloud, making the picture more complete. The city was lying below. The walls and streets, with long rows of palmetto trees could be seen by the aid of the ”trus glasses”, always at our service, Some large and imposing dwellings on the left - on the right, a neat looking cemetery. lying outside were several vessels - one of them a large steamship with a French flag. A French sloop in full sail with three little jibs, one above the other – quite unique.

After leaving this city “Basse Terra”, which lies below a volcanic mountain, we could see beyond a wide strait, another chain of mountains - said to be a continuation of Guadeloupe. An extensive fortification appeared on its broadest and highest summit. We saw no more land until we reached the South American coast except the Barbadoes, an English Island, which we passed in the night. We were disappointed at not seeing this scenery which we learned is beautiful.

We had services on deck every Sunday. The Sabbath was generally marked respectively by passengers and crew. But one morning, just after breakfast, we had an interruption to the usual quiet, by two small flights, which occurred among some of the low class. Our trip would have been entirely delightful but for disagreeable incidents like these. However, they did not disturb us much and afforded variety to some.

For a time being most earnest endeavors by the steward were unavailing in preserving order below, and at meal time general confusion prevailed. He complained to the Captain and a regulation was at once made restoring peace and satisfaction. The tables were divided, putting certain classes together - giving permission to families to gather around them those they preferred and from that time our meals were eaten more pleasantly.

     It was not encouraging to appetites to see our dinner served up in large tin cans, one containing boiled Irish potatoes, another bean soup, a third pickled beef. This dish alternated from day to day with canned fresh beef. We had light bread and butter, excellent cucumber pickles - in plenty - dried apples also. But the oatmeal coffee was certainly not good. The passengers generally preferred tea. If the same food could have been properly prepared and placed on the table in dishes with order and neatness, we would have thought that the fare palatable. Our Captain was very kind to the ladies and offered some delicacies from the upper cabin, permitting us to have a breakfast every day, from above, by paying an extra price. He tried to be just and did the best he could he believed. If our discomforts had been greater, we were willing to bear them for only one month and traveling companions were so agreeable and some of our new acquaintances were by a closer knowledge, fast and true friends.

Occasionally, the young people danced on deck in the moonlight to the music of the accordion and triangle. The evenings always passed off pleasantly and quietly, watching the stars above and the phosphorescent water below. When our voyage was half over, we found it easier to look ahead. The time of its ending seemed nearer and we were quite reconciled to our hardships, which were not many compared with the delight of beautiful health and hopeful hearts.

3.  The Amazon.

When we neared this mouth of the Amazon - at a distance of sixty miles - while looking overboard, we observed the singular color of the sea. The water had a reddish cast. The sailors drew a bucketful and found leaves and sprigs of trees that had been washed from the mouth of this great stream. This was real and tangible proof that we were nearer another soil than our own. We handled these little evidences with feelings of great pleasure believing that we were steering along to a port we would reach before many days. We were hopeful, also grateful, that our voyage had thus far been so prosperous. It continued thus, but clouds darkened on the 15th of May. The wind came out swiftly from the southwest with a heavier sea than any time previous. Children walked on deck while the grown people had to hang on to the rails to keep their footing.

 

Porpoises and black fish were leaping and dancing from the water. The vessel pitched a great deal. Passengers were not as smiling as usual - Faces were paler, but a spirit of joyful hope inspired all hearts, nevertheless. Our voyage was nearly over. A little seasickness now was easily borne - with such a delight in store for us.

On Thursday the 16th,

we passed the lighthouse at Cape Frio. A telegraph runs from there to Rio de Janeiro, a distance of fifty-six miles. A lighthouse was first built upon one of the tallest peaks of this rock, but it was so high, the clouds often obscured it. It was abandoned and another erected much lower down on the side of the mountain. We passed close enough to see persons at the house, for at this point our course was west and we steamed along by the bold, broken beach until 8 p.m. when we entered the Bay of Rio. We passed near the fort on the right. The signal lights burned. The engine ceased. The anchor was cast and our haven reached.

Our propeller, with only a half an hour rest, had made two-million four hundred and twelve thousand six hundred and forty - revolutions making from New Orleans 5,606 miles. Our captain said we were highly favored in having such a delightful season and charming weather. He was an old seaman, but had never made such a beautiful voyage.

The dark clouds which had hung so drearily above were breaking away. We had a glimpse of a rich sunset. Our prayers were answered. We were permitted to behold this picture of wondrous beauty in its softest light. When in full view of Sugarloaf Mountain, the clouds rolled away and the full moon came out. Enthusiasm was then excusable, with hearts so full of thanksgiving.

We had seen the Gulf of Mexico by moonlight, its breakers washing the snowy beach of the Florida coast. Again - in the sullen light of a cloudy morning - Its dark green waves covered with foaming crests, breaking against the shore, the remembrance of it like a cold, shadowy scene of dreaming. But it was real and we did not hope to behold anything more grandly beautiful -But - here lay before us something far exceeding all this in majestic beauty. The great waves of the broad Atlantic rolling slowly up against the base of these grand mountains. Moonlight tinging the dark forest on their heights. The lesser hills dotted with rows of gas-light - making the blackness of the background blacker - bringing out in full relief. The whole beauty of the bay and the rich scenery around. Oh! land of the palms! Poetry and history have not exaggerated thy charms.

The moon had attended us kindly, gliding us through the Gulf as we left our native shore, and again lent us her cheerful rays on entering a foreign land.

“The whole air whitened with a boundless tide  

Of silver radiance” - and  

“The heart ran over with silent worship.”

4.  Rio by Daylight.

Rio in the light of morning presented another picture. We raised anchor and steamed up to the city at sunrise. Went on deck – took a hurried view from each side. There was but little time to gaze at scenery as preparations for going ashore were to be made. We saw the tiled roof building again and the beautiful palm trees. The green mountain sides were so near that all irregularities were discernible. But these craggy rocks and tropical trees had for us a peculiar beauty. The buildings are not tasteful like those in our country - though mostly elaborately ornamented and painted of many colors - dust hue, red-brown, pink and blue. The Brazilians are fond of bright colors. Small iron-railed balconies hanging on the outside of the houses in place of the graceful piazzas and verandas, so necessary to comfort in America. The tiles being of red-clay - the glare of the sun upon them, would suggests the idea of great heat within - but they are the coolest houses in the world, as we often have occasion to remark.

After the necessary and fatiguing labors attendant on leaving ship with a large family, we found ourselves transported to the land, by a few steps on the wharf. Once more upon the ground! How delightful, after being just one month on shipboard. We made no observations, for we had no time - The main object being to keep together. ”The father”  attended to the baggage. Our same kind friends assisted “The Mother” in guarding the little flock. We walked up a broad road, covered with great white stones, making a curve on the mountainside. After being a little fatigued from the first walk we had taken in so long, we reached an immense iron gate and within were the grounds of our Palace - the Government House in which we were to be sheltered.

Rows of imperial palms stood on each side of the walk, which led from the gate to the steps of the building. We saw on each side. Large marble basins where fountains had once played - marble benches, beneath vine-covered arbors. Gay and beautiful flowers, growing in tasteful beds. We passed up the marble steps of the building - This edifice had a plaza, and met the landlord Col. Broome, who greeted us warmly. He had been a Confederate officer. He showed us our apartments which contained neat furniture, light iron bedsteads and washstands - all painted green. There were tables and chairs sufficient. We soon unpacked and made ourselves comfortable. The rooms were beautifully prepared, some with frescoed and gilded ceilings.

We could hear exclamations of delight from the young people who roamed about the grounds. They were in ecstasies - rolled on the grass and dashed about, through the arbors and among the flowers. How strange it seemed for us to observe a gray horse on the mountain side - eating grass, looking just like our horses. Also, a natural looking sheep and dog. How comfortable this was. We were a happy band of emigrants - felt we had reached a place of rest among kind and generous people who gave us a welcome we did not expect - food much better than on our ship - not really better but prepared in a way to make it more palatable at a trifling cost. We had plenty of fruit which we enjoyed very much. Oranges and bananas were procured in profusion and they were much more delicious in their state of freshness.  The tangerine orange has a peculiar flavor and can be peeled with no trouble, and the selected section broken apart without dropping any juice. One of these oranges could be eaten with gloves on.

We gathered white-jasmine just like our own, which grew on the arbors and its fragrance made us feel almost at home. Other flowers not resembling ours, gay and rich in their color, ornamented the beds.     

Two days after our arrival, the steamship, North America came in from New York with a large number of emigrants, and our hotel then entertained nearly three hundred. several families from our own state and county were among the number. We received many visits from Brazilians and Brazilianized Americans.

5.  The Emperor.

We were told the Emperor would visit us. All were anxious to see this important personage and assisted, with pleasure, his coming. About 4 o’clock he came and after the manner of all the distinguished people, who are, likewise good, his appearance was modest and unostentatious.

He passed around the grounds - visited the kitchen; examined and tasted the bread, pronouncing it well made. Walked through all the rooms of the building, then passed in the front piazza. Some of the American gentlemen were then introduced with whom he had short conversation. He placed his hand upon the head of a little boy who stood near saying some kind words. The young hero felt himself immortalized by this unexpected notion and will probably never forget that incident. The Emperor's age was about forty-six. His hair and heavy beard, somewhat gray - eyes blue and nose slightly aquiline. His countenance expressed gentleness, and he made the few remarks he deemed necessary with pleasant dignity and was gone before the crowd had fully realized they were in his presence. We afterwards heard that he expressed himself as being much pleased with the appearance of the Americans. We had some curiosity to see the Empress but did not have this pleasure until a later period.

The Imperial family at that time consisted of two daughters – the Crown Princess Isabel – whose husband is the Count De Eu, the Duchess Leopoldina, whose husband is the Duke of Saxe. The Empress was large and rather fleshy, a pleasant, good-looking lady, generally dressed in black silk, handsomely made wearing few ornaments. When riding through the city, she always recognizes, by bows, the salutations of her subjects, which are given on all sides. This would be enough to weary her as one might suppose, for the citizens generally leave their occupations and stand in the doors while the Imperial family passes. Since our return to America, the Princess Leopoldina has died.

In the Paraguayan war, which closed just before we left Brazil, the Count de Eu was quite distinguished, was general in Chief of the Allied forces, and afterwards was made Marshal of the Empire.

 

It proved to be impossible to obtain enough washer women for so many travelers, so, after putting out a large number of our clothes, there were still a good many that would be needed as our stay in the city would be short, some of the ladies concluded to be laundresses for themselves. Our girls joined the party, taking some of the smaller children's apparel. Quite a long row of ladies and children stood under the trees, getting clean water from springs that gushed from the rock houses nearby. Sentinels stood around in their flashing uniforms, making observations. One asked on seeing a pot boiling – “If they were making soup?” adding – “It was of no use, as there would be soup for dinner.” One of the ladies who heard the remark had traveled in Mexico, understanding Spanish and the language being similar, she interpreted for the others. Boiling linen was something new to them as Brazilian whiten their clothes by soaping and then spreading them on the ground, sprinkling water frequently on them.

Some of the girls found, almost hidden by weeds and foliage, an elegant marble bath house. Our kind landlord had it put in order and a path laid out for our entrances. We then enjoyed a real luxury. At every step we found evidence of former wealth and luxuriance of comforts.

A chapel adjoining the building to which we had access was of strange interest. Americans visiting it, and in a respectful manner, entered and retired, making observations all the time. In large clusters were seen suspended, waxen images of various limbs representing the diseased portions of afflicted people. Prayers to the Saint, bringing, as they supposed, an effectual cure for all ailments. Beeswax models were carried to the chapel and hung up for exhibition. A large marble slab, with an inscription on it, lay upon the floor right in the center. This was said to be the tomb of the first owner of the Palace.

6.  Shopping.

Water, for drinking was kept in large tanks made of earth resembling urns in shape. It was a refreshing taste, for it is never very cold. It is brought to the city in pipes from the mountains. From Henderson s Travels, published in London in 1831, we find a description of the aqueduct which at that period supplied the city with water. Although not quite finished,

“An aqueduct for furnishing water to the Cidade Nova is nearly completed; in which quarter some new fountains are to be observed, especially the Lagarto, and another in the Campa St. Anna; large, built of stone and discharging the water by numerous spouts. The fountains in the eastern district of the city consist of one in the Palace Square in the shape of a tower, the Marreors; one in the Maura Place; and the Carisco with twelve spouts, all of which are supplied by the aqueduct already mentioned.”

At the head of the valley, the origin of the aqueduct is marked by an inscription to have taken place in the year 1744. Its source is adorned with a fine cascade and etc.

The Campo St. Anna, here mentioned, is the general washing ground. A large square covered with grass where the women wash and bleach their clothes. Perhaps nothing excited greater interest to the emigrants than this scene. Another great attraction is the equestrian statue of Don Pedro, the first, which stands in the center of the Praca de Constitucio. In this square are also two reservoirs of water - jetting out from spouts. These beautiful grounds are enclosed by a neat iron fence.

We obtained an interpreter and went out shopping, afterwards we were going to the wilderness. In order to begin pioneer life, it was necessary to provide ourselves with many articles for housekeeping, which would require careful selection.

Some of our gentlemen friends accompanied us. A lady from Texas who was to be of our colony joined us also. We went in open carriages like our laundeaus. The heavy wheels, made a great noise over the rocky streets. The vehicles are all very heavily made. We found it interesting to listen to words we could not understand, often addressed to us, but we did not attempt to reply except to our interpreter. After making only a part of our purchases, we went to the Hotel da _____, kept by Madame de Frizzle-chica, or something like it. - Called on an old friend and schoolmate from Tusculum - Mrs. Dr. Gaston. Was very glad to meet with her and her inter-esting family, but disappointed on learning they were not going to our colony, But to Sao Paulo. The emigrants made a great mistake in separating as they did. It all had united and gone to one locality, It is probable they would have succeeded better.

The streets of Rio, excepting the Rua de Garretta and Rua de Ouvidor, are very narrow, with sidewalks only a few feet wide. Rua de Derieta with its fine shade trees, flagstone, wide sidewalks and comfortable arran-gements of benches - ice cream, saloons, restaurants and gay stores reminded us of Canal Street in New Orleans. By the fascinating light of gas, the great beauties showed resplendently. Brazilians have great taste in displaying their goods and people start out after nightfall. Ladies, always under the escort of gentlemen, are never seen on the streets alone, at any time.

On some of the narrow streets are stores of the finest kind and everything can be procured that you wish. Much business is carried on and the noise of the vehicles is heard uninter-mittenly. Wagons and carriages are often drawn up to the very doors of the buildings. To make room for others, the pedestrians must hastily jump into a store until the vehicle passes. The houses are tall and consequently the city is always cool along these narrow streets. in upper stories, persons can see the occupants of opposite houses passing from room to room and to hear conversations, if it were not for the din of carriages and the clatter of horse's feet on the rock paved streets. An orange could easily be thrown from one window to another on the opposite side.

The muscular strength of the Negroes is wonderful - We saw men trotting along at a brisk rate with large goods, boxes, sacks of coffee and barrels of flour on their heads, bearing these weights as easily, apparently, as if they were bandboxes. Goods of all kinds are transported through the city in this way. Two men will carry a piano with ease. Women bear their trays of fruit cakes or doces, also vegetables on their heads at all times. Rio has a fine market. Everything we have in the United States can be found there, in addition to the fruits of the climate. Meats, vegetables, fish, oysters, shrimps and fowls of all kinds. The streets are paved so as to slope toward the center, making a trench and are thus firmly cleansed by a heavy rain. The sewerage is also very good.

 

7.  Learning the Language.

Next day,

Mr. Steele, a wholesale merchant, accompanied us, taking us to the finest stores in the city. Was very kind and attentive. Went with us to an English hardware establishment where we purchased an excellent cooking stove and other useful housekeeping articles. He afterwards took us to an elegant restaurant where we enjoyed a fine repast. Then begged permission to accompany our daughters to the opera.

We much regretted that we had only a hasty glimpse of the beautiful feather flowers - stuffed birds, etc., which we could see through the glass fronts of the shops devoted to the sale of such things. Wreaths and bouquets of every imaginable flower with every shade and color are arranged with most perfect taste. Nothing could surpass them in beauty, and one could hardly tire in spending a day to examine them. No dyes were used - but all these rich colors are from the birds as nature made them. Snowy white, green of all shades and every hue of the rainbow.

The young people enjoyed the few days left to us very much - had rowing and sailing excursions on the Bay, also attended the theater. Every hour of the day was brightened with something new and of exciting interest.

The attempts to learn the language brought some amusing scenes. One morning, a young friend of ours was maneuvering to find his way back to the Government House, having lost his way. He saw a gentleman leaning idly against a door-post. He attracted his attention by signs and a few words of broken Portuguese he had just learned from a little grammar book he held in his hand. The gentleman smiled and he returned the smile and then tried in the lamest manner possible to obtain the directions he desired. “Faz favor, senhor”, - he said, with violent gesticulations pointing towards that portion of the city he supposed the building to be. The stranger still smiled, permitting his perplexed young friend to proceed with his gestures and to manufacture words which he at length did, not wishing to refer to his little book. After a while, the stranger opened his lips, saying, in the most quiet manner - in English, “Gentleman -  if there is any language, you know better than this, please speak.”  He told us his chagrin and mortification was so great he did not ask the question he so desired to know. But, he found his way back nevertheless, and next time, used his own language first.

The multitudinous cares of “The Father and Mother” rendered it impossible to write a continuous Diary - so in order to keep the thread of our movements, we take from the journals of some of the younger members of the family, here and there, a few extracts

.

May 18th.

Yesterday we landed in Rio, having been just one month on the voyage., It is too late now, for us to write of all our enjoyments - suffice it to say, we are very happy - more another time.

 19th.

This morning, Mr. Charles Nathan paid us a visit - invited our family to spend the day with him. Our mother could not leave and he asked for some of the daughter's. It was agreeable to us, so we accompanied him to his house and Bota-Fogo. We had a visit also from Mr. Malone and a good many others came to see us.

When we passed through the city, we were much astonished to find the stores open and everybody at work. We felt really grieved to see this and yet, in New Orleans, it is not much better.

After walking for a while on the paved streets, we reached a long line of Omnibuses which were waiting for passengers for Botu-Fugo. We took our seats and were soon on the way. Passed many elegant houses, gardens filled with rare flowers and brilliantly colored leaves, saw shrubbery with large crimson leaves without flowers. We rode, I think, for about a half hour along this street before we reached Mr. Nathan's house. We were glad when it was time to stop. We entered his elegantly furnished hall and were introduced to his wife, niece and children. Miss Louise Nathan was very kind and carried us over the grounds, showing us all the beauties of the place.

20th.

During dinner yesterday, Mr. Nathan made a remark which puzzled us in reference to the “Doce”. He spoke of the wild life we would have on the Doce, saying we would soon forget small forms of etiquette or something of that kind. We did not ask his meaning, but on our return, we very soon learned the definition of that singular word.

The Doce, or Docie, as it is pronounced, is a country about three hundred miles, I think, north of Rio, mostly wild and uncultivated and that is where we are going to live. Father is going to build us a home and then return to Rio to practice his profession and will divide his time between the country and city, I think we will like this very much.

The Americans were all in high spirits about going, - How strange! How delightful it will be to go to the wilderness and see a beautiful little town growing up around us, feeling free and independent! We are happy and full of hope.

25th.

We are to leave Rio tomorrow for the Doce. I have parted with a very dear friend, Lizzie, who is from Memphis, Tennessee. Her mother is going to Sao Paulo to Rev. Ballard Dunn's Colony. The prospect of pioneer life is not quite so delightful without her. I am very much disappointed, as I thought they were to go with us. Our friends, Dr. Toben and Mr. Carson, are going up on the Amazon. A good many families besides ours are going to the Doce. Capt’s B. and D. Yancey, Col. Cencir, Dr. J. A. Dunn of Alabama and several others.

Dr. Coachman is going to remain in Rio. Trying to get set up to a practice. And when our father has his new home in the country, it is arranged, he will bring us back and join him here again. This will be another sad parting.

We spent a very pleasant day in Bota-Fogo again visiting Mr. Steele's family. He lives much in the same style as Mr. Nathan. We were astonished to see coffee trees growing in the garden. Their red berries looking like plums.

We have enjoyed a great deal since we landed. Have been to the theater two or three times, had several sails on the Bay, have seen a great deal of the city and feasted on all kinds of delicious fruits, ice cream, ice doces etc. And now, we are to leave all this for the wilderness.

Two steamships were provided by the Government to take our colony off - the Diligencia and Japarana. Some who were our traveling companions, also, others who came in on the steamer just arrived from New York, composed the number twenty families and more in all.

Hurried preparations, more packing and great fatigues followed. Before, we were rested from the proceeding excitement. This seemed a rash step going to the Doce - but we were persuaded by all our advisers it was the best thing for us to do. Feelings of despondency, singled with hope came over us as we weighed in our minds the propriety of such a move. Hope predominated. Sadder feelings were lost in dreaming while drowsiness pressed our eyelids and we grew gradually unconscious, the soft air of this delicious climate entered the open casement. We were indeed in the land of the breadfruit and palm - had been fanned by the celestial trees - and the memory will be ever pleasant of the music they made at nightfall, while dropping to sleep beneath tropical stars.

8.  Going to the Doce.

Another picture of emigrants and their baggage is presented. They stand on the wharf while the elegant steamer anchored, ready to take those to their new home.

Doce, in Portuguese means sweet and is the word Brazilians use for candies, cakes or anything prepared with sugar. The Rio Doce is the country to which our band of emigrants was going, lying on the river - in the province of Espirito Santo - about three hundred miles above Rio de Janeiro. We were told that it's advantages for Americans were greater than any other portion of the country lands being obtained from the Government at small prices - payable in the future. Protections of all kinds easily raised - region, healthy. Everything desirable. A steamboat would be placed on the Doce river in two weeks, which would put us in direct communication with Rio de Janeiro.

We will give some of the stipulated “Favors to Emigrants.” The government will sell lands in any of its colonies, or in the localities that the emigrants prefer; and will give them gratuitous transport from Rio de Janeiro to the seaport to which they wish to proceed.

On the choice of the land and the respective measurement being made, The definite title-deeds to the property shall be delivered to them upon payment of the price of the sale of 1 or 2 Reis each square braca ( 53, 5 feet English).

The owners of the lands purchased from the state are subject to the following onus. 1st:, To cede the land necessary for roads. 2nd: To give free transit to their neighbors to the public road, town or port of embarkation. 3rd: To allow the taking away of unneeded water. 4th: To subject the discovery of any mines to the legislative government governing the case.

Of Naturalization. Emigrants who purchase lands and established themselves in Brazil can become Brazilian citizens after two years of residence. On application, however, to the legislature, they can obtain dispensation from this lapse of time and may be naturalized soon after their arrival.

A declaration made before the Municipal Chamber, or the Justice of Peace, mentioning the native country, the age and condition are the formalities required to enable the applicants to obtain gratuitously, the naturalization paper, after making an oath of fidelity to the Constitution and the laws of the Empire.

Naturalized US citizens are exempt from military service but are subject to that of the National Guard of the municipality to which they belong. They enjoy all the rights and privileges conferred by the Constitution except those of being a Deputy or Minister of State, or the Regent of the Empire.

Foreigners enjoy in Brazil all the civil rights granted to natives. They have also full liberty in the exercise of any industry not prejudicing another party; Invincible asylum and their houses; guarantee of their property, whether material or intellectual; complete toleration in religious matters; Invincibility of their postal correspondence; and gratuitous primary education.

The government of Brazil is stable. Its laws and authority protect all without distinction of classes and the distribution of civil and criminal justice is made with equality.

By steamer, the trip to the Doce (as our settlement was called) is a short one on a direct line. Victoria is about two hundred and sixty miles from Rio de Janeiro; at the mouth of the Rio Doce, about seventy miles further. By route of the steamer, the distance would be about three hundred and twenty miles to Victoria, eighty to the mouth of the river. The steamboat which the government intended to give us, but which never was given, would take us up the river, a distance of thirty miles, and land us at the village of Linhares, where Col. Gunter had located. This promise was made by the Emperor to Col. G. and but for the Paraguayian war, we suppose we would have had the desired steamer.

Unto that Brazilian village we were bound - and there we gained such experience as we could never have learned in any other way. A friend who still writes to us from Brazil has said to a member of our family. “I don t think you ought to complain of having to renew, occasionally, your Rio Doce experience. That the character may be well developed we must see more than one side of life. Joys, sorrows, hardships and ease must all be blended; the vicissitudes must be numerous and varied, otherwise, the mind will be loaded with prejudice and unable to appreciate anything outside of a very narrow circle.”

10.  Once More Embarked.

We learned that in order to reach our destination, we were to travel up the Rio Doce River in canoes -  after being landed from the steamer on the bar, we did not then know what canoe travel would be. But - we did, before very long!

We once more embarked - On the 26th of May. this time on a Brazilian steamer, “The Juparana” - pronounced Juparanah - which was bound for St. Matthew, a seaport town several hundred miles above Rio de Janeiro and beyond the province to which we were bound. The steamer would put us off at the mouth of the Doce River. We were not elated at this news, as the hurry and excitement had given us sad headaches, but we were glad to be seated on deck, at last, and listened to the noise of steam and clanking of chains, preparatory to leaving the city.

We were surrounded by friends, some from the home we had left in Alabama - some from different parts of the Southern states who had been pleasant traveling companions on the voyage out. Novelty was around us - Novelty ahead of us. Need I say, misgivings darkened our thoughts when we knew we would attempt for the first time the experience of pioneer life.

Our time was fully occupied as children must be watched. Meals must be eaten - and we wish fully to enjoy the delicious sea breeze. So, we remained on deck as long as possible, sea-sickness was apprehended – it came – and when night closed in and the stars were out, we could not enjoy the serenity of the evening at sea for we were suffering far more than on the Marmion, this steamer being smaller. The motion was more precipitous and our cabin, being in the stern of the boat, the pitching was more sensibly felt. Everything was neat. The staterooms were comfortable and prettily arranged and a black steward attended to our commands. The smell of oil from the machinery mixed with the odor of food seemed to penetrate the whole ship; aggravating sickness, so it was difficult to remain below any length of time.

After the horrors of the night, morning came and we all dressed hurriedly to go up on deck. The air was fresh and delicious, and though it had rained and the atmosphere was heavy with moisture, we enjoyed this change exceedingly. We were pleased that the dining salon was entirely distinct from our cabin - being placed beyond the machinery, midway in the ship. The cabin for the Captain and officers was in the forward part of the vessel. There were two long tables in the dining salon. Well filled, and the food properly cooked and neatly served. There was dried beef, called carna-secca, prepared in various ways – broiled and stewed, fresh beef, roasted and steaked. Feijace, which are black beans resembling our corn field peas in taste. This is a very palatable dish and must be eaten with farinha or rice.. They cook rice, not as we do, but with seasoning and sometimes flavor and color it with a leaf which gives it a pink tinge. The leaves are likewise, laid upon the top of the dish. The farinha resembles our corn-meal, in looks, but the process of toasting makes it ready for use. It is placed on the table, cold, in dishes and the Brazilians use it mostly as a substitute for bread. They buy bread - as we afterwards learned - but never make it at their houses.

Fanciful stands made of China containing tooth-picks, ornamented the tables and we at once adopted the custom of taking one from its receptacle on retiring from our meals. They call their deserts Doces – sweet meat generally made of the fruits of the country.

11.  Victoria.

Second night – reached the Bay of Victoria - anchored in the entrance of the harbor. In the morning, just before day, steamed up and approached this ancient town so remarkable for the grandeur of its situation. This rich and peculiar scenery was lost to us at this early hour and we would have regrets had we not, a year later, beheld it by moonlight and sunrise and all its wonderful beauty. We have never ceased to feel grateful for the privilege of seeing this picture.

On our arrival, we were still in our berths but some dressed and went on deck to view the town which apart from the beautiful back-ground of mountain scenery was plain to ugly. Old houses, built of rock and mud – with dinged tile roofs gave it an air of desolation. The streets, which were paved with stones more than a hundred years before, were not clean, nor was there anything very attractive in their shops. Many of us went on shore and walked about staring from side to side in a very rude manner - Don't know why we felt so privileged but suppose it was because everything appeared so different from an American town. We could not refrain from gratifying our curiosity. Had we known the Brazilians better then, we would have felt more conscious of pleasing rather than offending, as it is considered a mark of good breeding with them to examine, with scrutiny, your appearance and your surroundings - making satisfactory or complimentary remarks when suitable to their feelings or otherwise, if the opinion differs.

Some were attracted by the females making lace on pillows - which they did with dexterity using numberless pins and bobbins. This edging and insertions were really beautiful and the ladies use much of it trimming their dresses. Their pillow cases are made open at each end with lace on the edge of the hem. Little girls of all sizes have a knowledge of this art and use the pins and bobbins as nimbly as their mothers and the poorest classes make it and use it in quantity. We found industry a characteristic of the gentler sex and were often surprised at the beauty of their needlework, in homes entirely devoid of luxury and even scarce of comfort.

When we reached the mouth of the River Doce, we were held in agitated suspense until the bar was passed. The tramping on deck of the officers and sailors - the clanking of chains, issuing of loud commands etc. made such unusual noise, we were anxious to learn the cause of apprehension. The Captain ordered all deadlights to be closed and passengers were sent below. Our suspense was of short duration for we went safely over with a few plunges over rough waves and again, the anchor was dropped.

We were taken to shore in small boats and when landed they returned for the baggage. After all things had been put down, we turned our eyes upon our very handsome steamer – admired, as all must do - the exceeding grace of a vessel with sails, upon the sea – ready for flight. Her gilded prow, which rode, tilting on the waves now glittered in sunlight and seemed to bid us a smiling adieu as she gracefully swung a gentle motion around.

Our next thoughts were the joy of being on land and now we will give to our readers (of the life in the wilderness) the first picture.

First Picture of Life in the Wilderness.

A sand bar in its great stretch of loneliness, lay before us - with nothing to break the monotony of its sameness, but the breaking waves that rode methodically up. Making a dismal booming sound. And yet, we felt gratified, dreary as it was. Very soon, our tent was stretched. Iron bedsteads which opened and closed with hinges were set up for our use and mattresses thrown upon them. They were painted green and were really quite pretty. Chairs and camp stools were passed around.

Gentleman wandered off and brought sticks, which were gathered from the ground and built fires. Iron pots were brought into requisition to cook with black beans, which we had brought in abundance.

The beans are very hard and are easily kept as coffee. We had a quantity of rice also, and each family had a large tin-trunk filled with crackers, cheese and a boiled ham. Our first lunch was much realized and we enjoyed the scene as a grand picnic. Among those who were with us were parties who had pioneered before, and their experience was beneficial to others.

When night drew near, it was deemed advisable for our band to separate - some to obtain lodging at a house, a half mile distant. Having learned we could be sheltered there, some went on foot – others in canoes. Our family took the water route. A residence, at length, came in view - the trip was short - we again landed. Saw one of the first thatched roofs. The house had no fencing around it and goats stood familiarly near the door under the hanging eaves. We passed through the herd and entered by request of Madam Oliveira, the lady of the house. She had an amiable and pretty face and seemed to wish us to feel that we were welcome. Her complexion had the dark Brazilian hue. Her hair was black, smooth and glossy and her dress was clean and neat. This was agreeable as we did not expect cleanliness within while goats stood so thickly without. Some of the rooms had plank floors, but most of them were of earth. The best apartment contained a handsome French bedstead and two Bureaus, one of an antique and clumsy style, the other of a more modern make. Our kind hostess did all in her power to make us comfortable and never for a moment seem to lose her patience and she was serving us from kindness of heart, alone. We had learned they would not take any money for their hospitality to Americans. The lady accepted small amounts of jewelry and articles of clothing for her children. American goods and fashions being indeed valuable to her for their newness. We all felt much better satisfied after having returned, in some way, this genuine kindness. Here was a true woman - gentle, retiring and benevolent. and we were at once warmed, in heart, towards these strangers. Her husband was captain of a schooner that carried Jacaranda (Rose-wood) to Rio. We saw other men coming and going – some who seemed educated - relatives and visitors came in – three and four at a time, attracted by the Americans we supposed. They regarded us with great curiosity but with deference and politeness. Examining our attire, all the while making pleasant comments.

There was a large coffee grove not far from the dwelling or casa as a house is called, and we walked amid its shade in the evening, feeling that we were indeed in a new country. It seemed strange to us to see no fruit trees around them, in a land where it grows so plentifully – but, it is the way often in our own country that such luxuries as are easily reached and raised with no trouble and never planned.

The great question of canoes in which to make our passage up the river was the all- engrossing subject. The gentlemen were making plans and the ladies wondered how they would bear the journey in this novel way. A party of men, most on foot - in company with Col.  Gunter had made this trip before. Mr. Roussel had a network of men who were doing the same thing. One number gone and the rest were in readiness and eagerly waiting.

Early next morning, when the light was just coming in through the interstices of the palmetto roof, we heard we heard loud voices outside. The comaradoes had arrived with canoes. We had slept soundly, though not luxuriously, as many of us used our own mattresses thrown side by side on the floor.

We went outdoors at this refreshing hour to hear what the loud talking was about. We observed great gesticulations from the men who pointed up to the clouds - heard “muinta chuva” amongst other words we did not understand and gathered from this they apprehended rain and the journey must be postponed till clear weather. How this made our hearts sink. Another day, perhaps another. Yes, we were compelled to wait for fair weather.

12.  Poling up the River.

Some on the riverbank - Americans in clusters with umbrellas in hand - trunks all around. Comaradoes (or laborers) were there - ready to store the baggage and people away in canoes. Chairs were placed here and there for the benefit of the weaker and older ones. Children bunched together on mats in the bottom of the boat. A nest of tubs with a washboard across, made a seat for one accommodating lady who assured us it would be very comfortable. But we knew it was quite the contrary. She held an umbrella over the head of her aged mother, who was seated in a chair in front of her. Dear Miss Margaret - she was all goodness - did not mind her own inconveniences, if those she loved were spared them. Friends made in this way became very dear to us. At first a tie was made because they came not only from our state but our own county. On a closer acquaintance, we found them true and good - Southerners in every sense. Major McIntyre had an interesting family. Their devotion to each other and the kind and deferential attention of the boys, not only to their aunt, mother and little sister, but to our family quite won all of our hearts.

In pioneer life. The true character is shown and quite a variety of nature come under our observation. We were fortunate in being thrown with those who were still pleased to call friends and though the seas divide us our intercourse is continued and we close among the happier days of our life those spent in the new home in their society. Other families from different sovereign states proved to be pleasant acquaintances, and sharing with us the joys and hardships of a rough life, the bond of friendship will be ever binding.

But we must return to our situation. Imagine a person seated in a rocking chair - in a canoe - with an infant in her arms - and umbrella in one hand - her feet crowded in an immovable position - such was our condition. However, having a chair back to lean against, was something luxurious. Even if the sun did pour its hot rays through the white linen umbrella and no hand was free to use for a fan. Owing to our peculiarly crowded condition and the unavoidable arrangement of the passenger, we could not assist each other. No one was near enough to relieve us, occasionally of the care of the baby, and we were compelled to keep our seats or run the risk of being capsized. The Comaradoes sang and used their poles with regular and uniform earnestness taking us sometimes near one back and then close to the other, occasionally running upon a sandbar - then with renewed energy pushing off. This was all the variety that we had, except a few moments rest at mid-day, when we all went ashore for a little while to rest our wearied limbs from this constrained posture, and to eat our lunch.

The afternoon dragged along in the same monotonous manner. The dullness was changed for a moment when one of the children lost a hat, which the Comaradoes would not stop to rescue. The lament for a little while was great as this was the seventh hat which the wind had carried to the water, for us, since we left Montgomery. We bought at Victoria some large ones with neatly broad brims - which were equal to an umbrella in shading their faces. These, when well tied were not easily jerked off. The one last gone was of light straw and it floated back-wards and was soon forgotten.

We conversed with each other, sometimes gaily and sometimes sadly, wondering if on another day we could not arrange ourselves with more comfort. Some of the emigrants who went up a day ahead of us camped on a sandbar when night overtook them. Mosquitoes gave them such a greeting they could not rest. The same party lodged the second night in an Indian hut. Their passage was slower and they had to take shelter in this humble domicile. They told us, when we compared notes of our experiences, that the kind natives showed them the accustomed hospitality in their diminutive quarters. A dog slept in one corner of the room. A hen was seated in another, and the range (on which they had once cooked) was given as a bed to a young lady who was sick with the headache. Imagine the luxury of lying on such a bedstead with a bag of farinha for a pillow and such inmated to the household. But - they were sheltered from the night air. The young lady with the headache was quite feeble in the morning. A lady of the party had a sick child -  but on the next day -  early in the afternoon, they arrived in the village. Our canoe, though behind in starting, made better speed and we reached Linhares the second night - but before we speak in joyous terms of our arrival in the village, let us give, of our own experience in this land of the Doce, the next scene.

13.  Camping Out

Dusk on the river-bank. The broad stream looked ashen in this lonely hour. We were weary and had seated ourselves in chairs which had been placed in the tall grass growing near the deep and rough-edged shore. Mosquitoes were irritating us. We were tired and heartsick.

The dingy little mud-hut which reared itself amid the long, rank grass, looked uninhabited, but not so. A man and woman appeared, the only unhappy looking natives we had seen. We noticed their sober faces and did not expect the usual courtesy, but were mistaken. They offered to us the shelter of their little hut. Mrs. McIntyre, being an invalid, accepted the offer as we all knew she could not sleep in the night air without injury. For the rest of us who were well and only tired, we stretched a tent, made of sheets, over the boatsmen’s oars, which were stuck in the ground in a row of inverted Vs. Our canvas tent was left behind for our Irish gardener who kept it to shelter not only himself, but the baggage which was necessarily left on the sand bar. He faithfully remained there, guarding, to his best abilities, our boxes of stores and bedding and most of our trunks. But with his utmost care, he could not prevent them from getting wet on the sand, which was always soaked with the tide and the continuous rains which were falling during the time of their detention.

But to return to our camp, the mosquitoes were biting the baby and we could not fan them away. One of our little girls ran down to the canoe to get his long cloak so that we might wrap up his feet.

A frightened cry, In the next moment, reached our ears. What was it that came so painfully to our hearts? “Papa – Papa” in so wild and mournful a time! In attempting to reach the cloak from the outside canoe, while standing in the one nearest the shore, they separated and while holding onto the side of the boat, it pushed rapidly off, dragging the poor child down in the river. The water was twenty feet deep at the bank, but she held firmly to the canoe until her father heard her cry, rushed down and lifted her. She was dripping wet and the water came up to her neck and pale with fright! How uncomfortable in her chilling garments!  But - what joy to us, that she did not fall in, as she came so near letting the boat slip away from her hands.

What a beginning! What sinking of hearts, with this distressing fright as an opening scene! Our fire burned in a dim, disagreeable manner - giving no cheerful blaze, and though we tried all night to dry the wet clothes, they were only, well smoked and partially dry in the morning. All the trees and low branches around us were wet with dew. The sheets which were spread over head were in the same dripping condition and we felt assured we were in a clime of heavy moisture. This, however, was favorable, though uncomfortable in the extreme - as we were refreshed for our journey.

The children were glad to be up and on their feet again, and their sleep had been much disturbed by mosquitoes and by the falling of one of the oars across their bed. Fortunately, none were hurt.

We saw - not far from the door of the hut a primitive machine or mill, for grinding cane - the juice of which they used to sweeten their coffee. None would have supposed it to be a machine - but it was evidently a very useful one to this family. Two posts were driven into the ground rollers attached, one of which was turned by a lever and passed through the end. The cane was placed between these rollers and the juice caught in a calabash below.

A few coffee trees grew in the rear of the hut and near the river bank. In front was a row of bearing orange trees. The only enjoyment we had was in eating some of this delicious fruit, after pushing off in the canoes, we tasted sweet-lemons for the first time -found them cooling and pleasant but not as good as oranges.

Our white umbrellas were not a sufficient protection from the sun's rays and we pinned shawls over them, making them so heavy it was painful to hold them over our heads. But it would have been more painful to do without them. The second day was only endured, and when night drew near and we could close our umbrella as a feeling of real joy and unspeakable comfort was experienced.

14.  Almost There.

Daylight again pervaded the party, when we were told by the Comaradoes that we were very near Linhares. As yet, we saw no signs to indicate the nearness of the town. Frequently we struck sandbars, but, as had been done dozens of times each day, it could be no evidence that our journey was nearly over. Snatches of songs from these dusky natives went up on the night air and though not so melodious as the notes of the mockingbird, the strains rang cheerfully on our ears. Several miles more were passed in the same monotonous manner. The forests looked black in the distance as the shores were at times three miles apart. The stars shown brighter. Night was closing more heavily upon us. We felt the dawn descending, cloaks and shawls were brought in requisition to cover the little ones who were sleeping.

Several more miles - with no variation in mode of travel, in scenery or position and no Linhares yet in view. We were too tired to complain. Our heads ached and we gave ourselves up to complete resignation until a swarm of mosquitoes attacked us as the canoes passed under the hanging boughs of bending trees. Our feelings then, were not, beyond powers of expression.  No lights yet in view, nothing on either side but the forest trees - nothing to be heard but the splash of the oars and the myriad voices of crickets and an occasional shriek from a night bird. We were in a benumbed state of fortitude, too earnest to think of sleep, and our eyes were kept in a strained gaze toward the right side of the river. At length, the “glad tidings” was uttered, the fragments of song, which the Comaradoes had continued to send forth - each time in a more dismal and nasal strain, were suddenly cut short and they exclaimed in a joyful tone. “Linhares esta ahi.”

How delightful it was to hear voices from a high bank, which we were nearing. Still more pleasant to hear directions distinctly given in Portuguese. It was a lady’s voice, which we detected at once to be an American. Miss Anna Gunter, who had been there long enough to acquire the language, spoke in a clear and fluent manner, and was answered by the Coma-radoes. She was directing them to another landing a little higher up.

     We will never forget the warm welcome given by Col. Gunter’s family. They had prepared supper for the weary travelers, and before nine o’clock, we were resting in our new home, which he had secured for us. A walk of about half a mile by starlight, brought us to our abode. The casa, which was divided between Dr. McDade's family and ours, was one of the best houses in the village. It was perfectly new with a tiled roof and mahogany floors. The houses were lent to us by those generous people, until we could make other arrangements, some of them vacated their dwellings. Ours have never been occupied as it was not quite finished and the owner had another comfortable home.

We were compelled to close the shutters (There were no window sashes) to keep out the mosquitoes.  We expected to feel smothered, but found it otherwise. The air was cool and pleasant. The ventilation through the tiled roof kept such a current of air as almost put out our candles. We slept soundly the first night and in the light of the morning sun on the sixth day of June - we will present to your view of the village.

15.  First Day in Linhares.

A Brazilian village - unique and picturesque - exceeding in simplicity anything in the semblance of a town we had ever seen. The forests beyond a river, with distant mountains in their blue robes, only a few shades darker than the sky, marked the horizon and we gazed admiringly around, as the treetops received the bright tinge cast upon them by the early sun. The houses, many of them, thatched roof, were placed in rows, fronting a square around a large green common. There were a few adobe dwellings prettily finished and covered with tiles belonging to the wealthiest class. There was a very homely building containing a cracked bell - which rung for mass and all meetings. A few stores, a post office and school house for the boys of the village, Also, a moss-covered unfinished church, of all things, the most conspicuous.

There were other streets beyond this one, but the largest number of houses were seen from the common. The houses beyond the village on the north side, dotted the borders of Lake Deavis,  and there were boats flitting across at all hours, others tied with the sepoy to its banks. The scenery around this little sheet of water was very pretty, with thatched huts nestled among palms and bananas, a walk of more than a mile brought us to this scene.

Washer women stood in the water, beating their clothes upon boards or smooth rocks. Other linen was bleaching around them, upon the ground along the riverbank at the various points of landing. Women also stood, engaged in the same occupation, making the clothes they spread on the beach dazzlingly white.

But, we must turn from our picture of the village and its environs to see how the emigrants were engaged at that hour. Let us begin at our own domicile. There is much to be done, but the most important was the preparation of the first meal. Our breakfast was cooked at the back door outside of the house. A coffee grove was growing behind the Casa, but not near enough to furnish shade for us in our new employment, and we determined to have a shelter made, covered with palmetto. Our stove had not yet arrived, but some steel pans and an oven had been lent to us. We put up our coffee mill by the back door of the dining room.

Mrs. McDade having arrived only a day in advance, was but little ahead of us. She too, was making every effort to launch cheerfully into our new sea of troubles and perplexities. Some of our most necessary articles were boxed up at the mouth of the river and would reach us by installments - as the canoes returned for them. In the meantime, we camped in real pioneer style. There was no use to feel regrets at the slowness of matters. we had settled among slow people and we required patience.

We had mahogany floors - but do not suppose, for a moment, that they were polished or varnished. Clean, pine planks beneath our feet would have been more beautiful to our eyes. These boards were sawed of great thickness and not smoothly planed. Stains, from the plastering were all over them and one of our first efforts was to find someone to scour. We found it impossible to obtain a person willing to do so heavy a job. They were exceedingly neat in their appearance and their houses in order, but did not think it necessary to scour. Most of them had earthen floors and they were always well swept. Our only alternative was to try and wash the floors ourselves.

As our boxes arrived, each one after being emptied, was converted into some article of furniture. Safes, toilet tables, etc. We had neat little washstands made of iron, very light and graceful, painted green like our bedstead. - and we soon had our house looking cheerful. Ladies were all busily engaged and much interested in arranging their houses and visited constantly, comparing notes and obtaining new ideas from each other.

Showers fell each day and we found the temperature of the air delightful - But one night during the first week, a heavy rain came pelting down on our roof. The tiles had not yet been cemented with some having slipped from their places. The water poured in as if through a gutter. Our bedsteads, luckily, stood out of the way of the flood. We gathered in great haste all the tubs and buckets and in a short while they were filled and overflowing. In the morning we dried and aired everything and had the tiles rearranged. the palmetto roofs of our neighbors were impenetrable to rain. They were cool and certainly very pretty - with deep fringed eaves.

Each day brought with it some new trial and our pioneer experience was becoming a life of endurance rather than joy. Hope saved us from utter despair, for we could not but believe there was something better ahead of us. We had already grown tired of the effort to make a temporary home an agreeable one and were anxious for this probationary life to come to an end.

Most of the gentlemen were searching for homes on the beautiful lake Japarana, just above us, united to the village by a narrow, winding river on which they traveled in canoes. Every day, brought glowing reports from someone returned, who was full of enthusiasm. Such wonderfully beautiful scenery, such rich and variegated forest, such delicious breezes, myriads of fish, so lovely and snowy the sandy beach so picturesque the red, clay bluffs and the steep, rocky sides to the glorious hills, so musical the sound of the flowing waves!! The gentleman just returned from the land of promise were eloquent and as we listened, hope bore us aloft on outspread wings and animation was restored to our hearts.

Our stove arrived, at length, and with joyful hearts we went to work and cooked in as more agreeable style. We found that it baked elegantly - so with renewed life and energy we prepared our daily meals. Showers often interrupted us, it is true, but we would laughingly exclaim “the chuva is coming down. We must rush into the casa.”

Crowds of Brazilians came daily to visit us. The accustomed salutations were sometimes answered by us blunderingly and we told them “good bye until another time” when we should have said “good morning. How is your health?” They took no offense at our seeming rudeness and still continued to come, showing the same deep interest in our affairs each time.

Females could not walk, even to visit a near neighbor, without a servant in attendance. And it was often difficult to tell which was the mistress - their complexions being the same. Among them, however, were some negros as black as the Ethiopians.

16.  Visitors

They generally came in throngs and the Americans were compelled to receive their visitors in this way. Sometimes more than a dozen would come in at one time, and in a short while a dozen more from some other quarter, filling the house so that every chair, trunk and box was brought in use, for seats.

These people had shown us great kindness and we did not wish to be uncivil but it was quite a trial to endure all this display of cordiality, mingled with curiosity. We were undoubtedly a pleasing study to those partly civilized beings. They were polite as possible, but their ideas of civility were different from ours. It was evidence of great respect and admiration to examine our articles of dress and they begged us to show them the contents of our trunks. Examined our cooking stove and articles of food, were charmed with the biscuits and light bread, spoke smilingly to each other with wondering expressions on their faces. The younger Americans soon learned enough of the language to converse with them and this encouraged their sociability, so they continued to pour in at all hours of the day and also after supper.

Directly opposite to our door, across the square stood a village chapel. The melodious bell rung its daily peals and every other day seemed devoted to some great Saint. Women, dressed in their best, went to the services and then walk about the village, making these days of rest and recreation, The Sabbath was unnoticed except as a holiday and on this day, they usually sewed industriously, as this occupation was a favorite pastime. They were rigid in the observance of all their customs.

Occasionally the Priest was seen with a doleful countenance, wearing a black calico robe, just long enough behind and short enough in front to expose his feet in ragged and dusty sandals. At each step, the wooden soles dropped, making a clattering sound on the ground. He sometimes wore a tri-pointed cap. On other occasions the smooth-shaven spot on the top of his head was visibly glaring in the sunshine. We learned that, at a future period, this Priest went crazy - retired to the woods, living on roots. The Booga Indians (part of a cannibal race) said they would have eaten him but he was too lean.

Our house was arranged so that it was quite convenient for two families and as the time for getting permanently settled was indefinitely postponed, we tried to make better arrangements for housekeeping. Our kind gentleman friends assisted us in making a shelter at the back of our casa to use as a kitchen. We were screened from the sun, but not from the rain as the thin layer of Palm leaves, not put on artistically, was an insufficient roof. The preparation of the palha, as they call it, is slow and tedious and many thicknesses are required in covering a house properly. It was pleasant enough to cook in good weather, but a heavy shower readily fell through and drove us within.

Hogs, goats, ducks and chickens came, from all parts of the village, making themselves quite familiar with our culinary manners. This was a severe annoyance. If we left the pan of butter on our shelf for a moment to turn towards the stove, a chicken would sometimes fly up and lay in the midst of it. There were very few fences and none in the front of their dwellings.

Coffee was dried in primitive style by spreading it on the ground, previously swept very clean - afterwards husked for their use. We could not at once adopt their manner of making coffee, which was a delightful beverage as they prepare it. The grains are first toasted and when nearly done, sugar is stirred in and not taken off until its color is perfectly black. It has been beaten to a powder in a wooden model and dripped through a coarse, thick bag. When milk is used, it is boiled and added before bringing to the boil. This is called “Café cos leite” Coffee with milk.

Our boxes, most of them, were too large to go in an ordinary sized canoe and they remained on the sandy beach - where the tide moistened them underneath and the rain fell frequently upon them, as the tent did not effectually keep it off. Our best bedding and our most valued possession were in them. Our faithful old gardener remained with others, guarding the property biding their time for the largest canoes to go down in which they could be sent up.

Our next door neighbor was a village school master - his pupils were only boys, as girls seldom received any education in that province. After the arrival of the Americans, the Brazilians seemed anxious to make a reform and began thinking about bringing their women more on an equality with men. Their position at that time was very far below their lords and masters and we presume they had been hitherto contented with the lot apportioned to them, but, when they saw our ladies visiting each other alone and sharing the pleasures of social life with our neighbors unrestrained, they seemed puzzled and not unnaturally a little jealous. Still, their kind attention was unabating.

The paraquats are caught easily and the gentlemen frequently brought them to the girls and in a few days, they were perfectly tame - would light on their shoulders while washing dishes or engaged in any household work. They are of a rich and beautiful green color resembling the parrots, only much smaller.

Large birds are readily tamed, also there was a great macaw, which belonged to the Professor that walked quietly before our doors whenever he felt disposed. His colors were red and blue, and made a very disagreeable screeching noise. This pet was killed one day by a cow who was enraged by its bright colors. Its death created quite an excitement.

17.  Society.

The Professor - as we called the School Master, was very kind and offered Mrs. McDade the use of his kitchen, which was so conveniently near her kitchen – her stove not yet having arrived. The cooking range was something quite new - having a broad iron top, on a high oven made of bricks with open places, for pots and kettles just like those on our shelves. There was one of these ranges in his kitchen, quite large enough for the use of the two families.

An English black-smith named Major Meagher, who acted as our interpreter and passed about from house to house, giving assistance until we became somewhat independent of him. The younger children learned the language with astonishing rapidity. Elder people were very slow. Some of them scarcely made an effort and it was so easy to converse through a second person. And indeed, it saved us labor, as the matter of making one's self entertaining to so many was a very serious undertaking. We amused ourselves when alone with ourselves by mixing the two languages, making use of prominent words in the Portuguese.

The natives were very kind, in not laughing at our mistakes and we must have made many very ludicrous ones. Every day we had occasion to remark, that they were the most polite and hospitable people we had ever seen.

The religious ceremonies are the same with the upper class here as in the cities and we believe all over the Empire.

It is customary, as soon as lamps or candles are lighted to close doors. Then the head of the family wishes a “Good-Night” to the household and to guests. The salutation is extended from one to the other. The children kiss the hand of their parents and their servants that are around the house, bend the knee and hold out their hand, with the palm upward for the blessing - saying “A Bencao Senhor or Senhora”.

The water used by the inhabitants was brought from the river. We had it poured in “Salhas” or “Meringas” – where it grew cooler after standing. We found it easy to get our washing done as laundresses were plentiful, but it was impossible to hire a servant by the month or even by the day. We could not understand it as there were a lot of free negroes. But when we learned the reason, we were much amused. They feared it would be a drawback to their standing in society. They would be considered servants and had no idea of being classed as such. Owners of slaves could not spare them so we did all the work ourselves, putting out most of the washing. Sometimes the young ladies and children and some of the elder ones who were strong and well went down to the river bank where the natives washed and bleached their clothing. The Americans stood in canoes or washed in tubs on the edge of the water. The Indian women and negroes stand in the river and beat the clothes smooth rocks or boards -beat awhile – bleach awhile – rinse awhile. They seem to enjoy this labor and as they do not dread the sunshine on their complexions, they live much of their time in the water – have very few clothes and almost every day they change their garments. We never saw them in a soiled dress. They use a great deal of beautiful lace they make themselves in trimmings. Sometimes a lady of the higher class wears a cambric skirt with dozens of rows of rich insertions, each row being of a different pattern. They were pleased to have us admire their work and we really did – as they were very skillful with their needle.

18.  The Indians.

Villagers in Commotion. Americans in Agitation. Some in trepidation. The Booga-Indians were in the town. Ladies - some at the river bank washing - others outside of the dwellings, engaged in cooking, dropped their employments, rushed into their houses and closed doors and shutters. These beings were entirely without clothing- wearing only a knife suspended from a string around their neck - This implement swinging behind. Their heads perfectly bald and their skins the color of a young mouse, their bodies large and their limbs small. The object imaginable.

These closed dwellings contained sad hearts. Who could be contented to live where they were liable to such scenes as this. Such interruptions to their daily avocation. Hope had no entrance now. Visions of the beautiful home and its surrounding faded entirely away. The present picture was indeed horrible! We gave ourselves up to despondency in the lowest degree. “The Father” was up on the lake - we could not turn to him appealingly. “The Mother” was in no mood to encourage with drooping spirits of the dear ones around. We were seated together - in imprisonment when a knock at the door sent a thrill of terror to all. We dared not move until a cheering voice, we knew quite well asked admittance. We opened the door and a hearty laugh greeted our ears.

Dr. Dunn with eyes full of sunshine and the merriest mirth, came dispelling in a moment our intense gloom. His laugh was contagious -  although the paller had not left our cheeks.  

“Will they do us any harm?” was asked at once by despondent voices.                                                              

“None in the world”, he answered.  “They have no sense - no malice - and only obey their chief like automatons or so many dogs.”,                                                                                                   

“But - may not the chief wish to injure us?” we asked.                                                                           

Again, he laughed – saying “One American gun could scatter the entire race.  Make yourselves easy.”

In a little while the children had piled themselves in his lap - for he was never satisfied unless his arms were full and at least one on the back of his chair. The house was cheerful once more. The window shutters and doors thrown open - as the Indian had passed through and were making a camp on the outskirts of the village.

We continued our preparations for supper and the afternoon wore off more pleasantly for us, but soon after dark an unnatural sound reached our ears. We held our breath to listen. Howls, screeches and yells - in a manner representing a savage song, rose on the air – discor-dantly - painfully - hurriedly. Again, our spirits went down rapidly. These drunken savages were dancing through the streets, bearing high above them their distinguished chief - he was not one of the tribe, but of a higher race and could speak the Portuguese language. This did not give us any comfort. It would have been more agreeable to believe there was no wisdom among them. Our cheerful friend would not permit us to indulge in gloomy thoughts, assuring us, again, they could not possibly harm us. But we did not feel satisfied until we heard they would leave the village on the following day, after making their purchase of farinha, tobacco and rum, which drink is called “Cashasha”.

After supper a few evenings later, we had another terror on a more moderate scale. We had gone in our pantry, for sugar, and found that an army of large ants had taken possession of both barrels, one containing brown, the other crushed sugar. They had so completely covered the barrels inside and out, there was no such a thing as attempting to dip it. We returned to the dining and seated ourselves – dejectedly – exclaiming in fullness of heart “Such a country!”. One of our little boys, whom we afterwards called “the philosopher”, said in a quiet, but half reproachful tone “Mama, God put us here.” This reproof from a child of four years was quite effective. “The Mother” must hereafter be more hopeful and less disturbed by small annoyances. We had vexations and unexpected trials, but many pleasures here with – Charlie’s admonition in a few short words, came often to mind and we. tried to keep our hearts in a state of ceaseless prayer. A great High will that ruled our destinies, had but put us to some good purpose. We could only regard it as a sad mistake in moments of gloom accompanying privations and losses. But when a spirit of resignation came, we believed it was best and we would yet be able to say of the land of the Doce, which signified everything that is sweet, “Thou art not all bitterness.”

     Holy palms waved around our doors, tropical breezes fanned our brows and streams around us were pleasant to the taste - But we felt that the “waters of Marah” had been handed to our lips “and they were bitter.” Could we not “cast into them the tree of trust?” Would we not wait to find then once made sweet?

19.  The First Dance.

When the labors of the day were over, the gentlemen rearranged their toilets - not elaborately and the girls quite as simply adjusted theirs - exchanging one calico dress for another - braiding again their hair, wearing blue and pink ribbons in place of black. Then, selecting some large room and engaging a musician, they would have a dance. It required only a little time to gather together all the young people in the village. The first party was at our casa, in the front room on the left, which Mrs. McDade used for a reception hall. Trunks, chairs and tables were placed against the wall. The musician selected was a Brazilian woman. Her instrument was a wire string guitar called the Viola. And the quadrilles she played were really beautiful. The effect was all that could be desired. Inspiration seized the dancers and soon the floor vibrated to elastic steps. Hearts beat gaily. Eyes sparkled with pleasure and merry voices exchanging pretty sayings betoken happiness among the youthful emigrants. Elder ones who sat in the corners looking on, enjoyed the scene, feeling thankful that all was so bright and cheerful. Neither Indians nor ants could throw a shadow across the scene.

Some of the most aristocratic among the Brazilians participated. And while they did not know a single figure when they began, they learned rapidly and before the event was over, they understood the changes as well as the Americans keeping the same measured time. They all have a soul for music, but their style of dancing was very different from ours.

One of the novices, who wore a black coat and white linen pantaloons, became quite inspired by the pleasant company and charming music. He shot across the floor, backwards and forwards, as though it were polished, and as he darted by us, we heard a little girl say in a low tone to someone near “Don't he look like a lump of lard on a hot griddle?” It was a whispered from one to another and the company grew gayer and faces were more smiling than ever, as the floor grew warmer under the sliding feet and the glimmer of the white pantaloons ran through the merry moving crowd.

In that room was assembled together were young people from many different countries and four different languages were spoken; English, Portuguese, French and German. An educated Frenchmen, who was of a surveying party then in the village, entertained us with his fine voice while Teresa, the musician, accompanied him on her viola. She was partly German and possessed the talent peculiar to her nation. Monsieur Pralontt (pronounced Prolon) the Frenchman, was very handsome and quite elegant in his manners and could speak the English and Portuguese languages. The English brokenly, but very pleasantly so. He was agreeable to all. One of the girls asked him if he spoke our language. He replied a little. He then asked her, in his own tongue  “Parlez vous Francaise?” She answered, “Non, monsieur”, he then turned to a little boy near by saying in Portuguese. “She said she does not speak the French language and yet she replies in it”.

Manly Gunter, who was a pride to the Americans, spoke Portuguese beautifully, making it much more pleasant to our ears than the natives did. He and Monsieur Pralontt had no difficulty in entertaining each other in the conversation that ensued.

We had representatives from many Southern states around us. Three young men in the room were from Montgomery, Alabama. Two from Louisiana, one from Texas, one from Florida, one from Virginia, one from Tennessee. All of the gentlemen in our community were not present, as some were exploring for homes, Georgians and Carolinians were among our settlers, some from all parts of the country we had left and a common interest made us feel near to each other. Some lines were necessarily drawn in our little society. This came naturally enough, and our social gatherings were such as they should be.

Whenever the explorers returned to the village, all houses were thrown open to receive them and they seemed to enjoy the meals cooked by fair hands very much. They always brought with them some additions of wild meats - Brazilian sugar and farinha and the most pleasant kind of sociability were exchanged.

Life in Linhares had grown much brighter but the heads of families were still restless to have a home. The younger people were satisfied with their sojourn among such hospitable people.

A mile or two from the village, Senhor Calmou lived, one of the wealthiest men and he invited a crowd of Americans to his home - sending escorts and horses for them. A good many young people went - returning with delightful accounts of the kind attentions they received. The excellent dinner - the hot sugar fresh from the boilers, the new “farinhas doces” and “goundpas” candy which they had in quantities. Also, wine and lemonade. The latter beverage made from fresh lemons growing so plentifully there. The air in all directions was so fragrant with the delicious fruit as to be at times almost oppressive.

 

The only partially educated lady in the place was Rafaela, niece of Senhor Carmou, who lived with her uncle. She was very polite, pretty and entertaining, and soon won the hearts of all the girls by her childlike manner and expressing her admiration of everything American she visited us often, always attended by several servants.

20.  Burying the Dead.

Each day Some new feature in the characters of these natives and in their customs presented itself. The most singular and barbarous was their manner of burial. The graveyard lay very near our door with no stones to mark the resting place of the departed. Whole families were buried in one grave and sometimes when a new body was deposited, the grave digger would throw out the old bones or skulls in adjusting the place for the new. One morning set the scene as this occurred so near to us we could hear a little boy exclaim. “That is my old aunt's head,” giving it a kick which made it roll over. Funerals were passing nearly every day. Sometimes two or three during the twelve hours. Bodies from all the country being brought here to be placed in one as deemed “holy ground”.

The wealthy inhabitants are buried within the moss-covered walls of the church, which was never finished, but which looked as though it had been built a century before and was ruined by decay and neglect. This ground is consecrated and a certain sum must be paid if a body is interred within the walls. A number of the inhabitants always follow in attendance with long wax candles, lighted, which they extinguish when the earth is thrown on the body. When a child is buried, four little boys, dressed in their best clothing, bear the little coffin between them. The infants are generally laid in a pasteboard box with artificial flowers placed around their faces and no covers to these flimsy caskets.

The appearance of the natives was not healthy. They did not look strong and seemed to have much sickness for their population. There were several cases of fever, of typhoid form, also pneumonia. The women worked harder than the men, brought water on their heads in earthen “Talhas”, sometimes containing several gallons while their husbands sat smoking their cigars on the doorsteps. But this was the custom, and their wives seemed to think it was all right.

     Light rain continued to fall, and as the ground under our cooking shelter was of a disagreeable consistency, like the black prairie - mud, we did not find it agreeable to walk around our stove as often as we were obliged. We had just borne a heavy annoyance and seeing a pig of the village drag out from under the stove our light bread dough that we had put in to rise. Our patience gave way at this for “The Father” was to be treated with hot rolls for breakfast. He had returned from the lake, having at last nearly completed a bargain with old Seraphin for his place, but as some time might elapse before our departure, we thought best to try to make ourselves more comfortable in our quarters. We determined to ask Senhor Carmou, the owner of our casa, if we could not use one of the back rooms for a kitchen. We saw him that day and he gave his permission for us to bring our stove inside. We were much pleased but the last rains brought scenes not to be forgotten. A few extracts from one of the journals will give a correct account of the vexations in the culinary department.

June 28th.

Today we had many trials. We are growing tired of so much rain, tired of cooking under a shelter that only keeps out part of the sunshine and very little of the rain. I began to think it will be delightful to have a home on the beautiful lake and see “that town” grow up around us. Papa thinks we can soon have a house built - perhaps in a few weeks. We had something to amuse us which I must not leave out of my journal. Mama called me clumsy today because I fell in the mud by the stove. I assured her I was careful but she thought I did not step cautiously on the boards which were laid for us to walk on. One of my sisters came out a little while after and gave a long slide, falling on her back, getting up with black smears on her dress. “There Mama”, I said “somebody else is clumsy”. She agreed with me, but I saw she could not help smiling as she turned her face away. Not long after this, she had to walk to the stove to look after some meat that was stewing in a boiler. And though she stepped firmly, not carelessly, she fell, also in the same unexpected style. On seeing her dress, streaked with this jet black mud I could not help exclaiming “First person I slid, second person you slid, third person she slid”.

29th.  

This morning, Pa swung the sugar barrels to the rafters and tarred the ropes. The ants will turn back tonight and look for sugar somewhere else I expect. He has also fixed our stove up so nicely in a little back room and now we will cook with some pleasure. It is well for us that the climate is so delightfully cool. We do not mind the heat of the fire and we always sleep under cover. A heavy comforter is pleasant. What would our friends in the States think of this? This afternoon we pay visits to some of the Brazilians - were much amused with some pet monkeys. Those of a small size are called “Marmozettes”.

30th.

I could not write in my journal last night because it was late when we returned from the dance at Senhor Raphaell's. We had a delightful evening. Although our band was only a hand organ. The music was good however. Capt. B. Yancey went over with our crowd. He came from the lake today, bringing with him some fresh meat which Ma cooked, seasoning the gravy with sage which we brought from our garden in Montgomery. The meat is much like fresh pig, is called the Pacha and has no wild taste. We have been making sausages of real fresh pork using the valuable sage. This reminds us of old days in the States. We like this kind of life and do not trouble ourselves about fashion.

July 21st.

I have not been as faithful to my diary as I thought I would be, and there is much I might have written that would be pleasant to recall in after years. We are sorry the Americans do not determine to have their plantations or business on the lake and their homes in the village, we are so well satisfied here that I fear another new life in a mud hut will be a hard one. Still, we are soon to try it. I hope we will be pleased.

Mrs. McDade and Mama have been visiting some of Dr. McDade's patients, carrying them food and medicine. Sometimes we go with them and interpret as we are learning the language faster than they. It seems strange for these natives to have pneumonia, but they do not take any care of themselves, trusting too much to the mildness of the climate. They sleep on mats which they spread on their bedsteads and cover with a sheet. Only the women in the lower class mostly wear low neck dresses.

21.  Washing Clothes.

25th.

We have been practicing the Brazilian style of washing our clothes. How the girls in the States would laugh if they could see us on the river bank beating and bleaching. We had a sudden breaking up today when we saw a canoe coming with some Americans in it. After they passed on to the next landing we returned and finished our work. We did not like the ludicrous picture we must have made, and although it was foolish to run, we hid among the trees for a while. We really enjoyed this - look upon it as a frolic - but if we were compelled to do it always, I know we would object seriously.

April 19th.

Some of the girls took a ride on horseback today. The Brazilians lent them horses. They are very kind to us. They seem to delight in showing us favors. Several families have moved up to their new homes on the lake. Mr. and Mrs. Miller are living temporarily in Palmetto tents. Mrs. Ann said she is perfectly happy. Miss Anna stayed with us a while and now she has gone home. I expect we will go up in a few days.

We had a great fright one morning last week when Miss Anna was here, an angry bull came roaring along just before day and startled us from our sleep, we had just composed ourselves for another nap, when we heard voices talking Portuguese outside the house. It was then scarcely light. They began to bang at the door. We were afraid to get up and see what they wanted, and they continued to bang. It was some time before we ventured to get up and peep out, when we did, we found it was not so early as we thought, and our disturbers were the man and woman who came every morning at that hour to fill up our earthen vessels with water. They had on their heads the wooden keelers already filled, and were much provoked that we did not open the door for their admittance. We were all ashamed of ourselves for being so silly as girls will do that sometimes.

20th

Today, one of the screeching ox carts came by loaded with sugarcane, and everyone ran out, as much excited as if the cars were coming. These wagons are driven by two, four, or six oxen. This loud squeaking noise which we hear long before they are inside, is necessary to make them travel. If the natives oiled the wheels and the noise stops, the oxen will not move.

We have made some pleasant acquaintances. There are two young gentlemen from Louisiana, one who had suffered much from getting a fish fin cut in his foot and is very lame.

Some of the gentlemen are only exploring. Others expect to go up on the lake. When all these and their families are settled, we will leave that “little town”.

22.  The Arrival of the Freight.

The distant mountains were more than usually blue, and forests, rising in denseness, on the river bank seemed of a darker green. In the junction of those two streams, one broad and  shallow, the other deep and narrow, was seen two colors - one of a rosy hue from the clay in its bed, the other a dark green from its depth and the nearness of its banks. By the sloping sand beach, canoes were tied. Over the rosy river a shallow shadow was cast. A cloud overhead came rapidly forward, rolling quiet gently as Brazilian clouds generally do, and the big drops began to fall. Half of the people that were standing there looked up astonished at the sudden shower. These were the Americans and were seen hurrying back and forth, endeavoring to guard a quantity of dry goods from the heavy rain. Comaradoes elevated their poles, throwing over them a carpet, under which ladies and children crowded for shelter.

The sun disappeared for a short while only, and the big drops changed to a small sprinkle. The water dripped from the edges of the canopy but the ladies ventured out to look once more after the contents of the long-expected boxes, which had just been opened. Being too heavy for further transport and no wagons in the village, the articles had to be carried in baskets or packages to the house.

Kind hands were there to assist among our friends. Comaradoes, also bore large bundles on their heads. Many things were badly damaged. The bedding was mostly dry and fresh, as when packed, but sad indeed were our hearts when the array of mildewed muslins and other articles of dress - choice books, etc. were spread over the house. Our family Bible, a treasured gift of a dear friend, fell to pieces in our hands. The gilded edges blackened with mould. The Morocco binding thoroughly wet and ruined. Gloomy thoughts over the doom of this beloved volume gave place to some darker still, when we beheld our sewing machine broken in several pieces - laid by useless. It was not strange, at that moment, the waters of the Duce seemed only bitter. A smell of mildew, reminding us of the grave, pervaded every nook and corner. The sensation to our olfactories was suggestive of typhoid fever, and we actually felt sick. I can smell it yet! Vaults were opened to me in my dreams, that night - I traveled with friends, long since journeyed away, never to return, and with them passed through marshes, breathing the aroma of moldy clothes, meeting at every stop, some well-known figure wearing sepulchral garments, just distinguishable in the dim sub-mundane light.

Sunshine, in the morning, dispelled in a measure our very dark and troubled feelings. We spread everything down on the grass in front of the house, opened the windows and doors to admit all the fresh air. By degrees, the smell of mildewed, clothes and books disappeared.

Before 11 o’clock, one of those unheralded clouds came rolling over the valley and the heavy raindrops began to fall. Out rushed all members of the family to gather in the books and clothing. Again, the mouldy smell was brought into the house and our hearts grew sick once more.

Day after day, the same thing was repeated spreading the damaged goods on the grass and bringing them in out of the showers. Then, once on the process of separating the best from the worst – throwing away the ruined and bringing our ingenuity to the task in turning to some good use, those things not entirely destroyed, such as making napkins for dinner and tea from the remnants of tablecloths, but nothing brought such great satisfaction as the joyous knowledge that our sewing machine was not broken beyond remedy. Our dearly beloved ”Florence” was again put in order, by the skill of “The Father”, who had never doubted from the first that he could mend the machine which was only broken below the table. He and Dr. McDade went together to the blacksmith's shop and with the addition of zinc and considerable iron wire, they united the rod to the wheel and mended other breaks quite securely. All this from having a genius in the family. With great delight, we took our seats and found it stitching as beautifully as ever.  We had friends soon around us, offering their congratulations, which they did most heartily, as we were not be the only sufferers from the detention of boxes on the sandbar. Our griefs were only short lived, For the restoration of one treasure supposed to be the last, brought such real joy. Our losses soon became a subject scarcely to be remembered.

Such was our life on the Doce, quite as variable in light and shadow at the landscape around us of village, forest, river and mountains. One hour merging from the mists of rain and the next flooded with the glorious sunshine.

One charming afternoon, while enjoying a walk around the village, we turned our steps towards reaching the washing ground on the river banks. We watched with our usual people interest the movements of the women, battling with their clothes. In this pleasant state of mind, we were suddenly shocked by the presence near us, of a little girl with a hare-lip – two long tusks protruding from her mouth between the gash in her lips, which extended into her nose. This was the most painfully disagreeable deformity we had seen. An idiot girl who wandered about streets, and a boy and girl with the rickets were to be seen in this town of scarcely two hundred inhabitants. Surely, Constantinople, with its maimed, deformed residents has not more such objects for its population.

We found that the bite of other mosquitoes was becoming poisonous to the flesh. The little ones who went barefooted escaped, but the older people were beginning to suffer much. The faces and hands showed none of the effect of this poison, but from knees to the foot became inflamed and painful. This unpleasant experience lasted only through the season of acclimation and though among the new trials, hard to bear. We felt assured that this too was only temporary and endeavored to be patient. All the various lotions and what numerous doctors could produce was tried.  Six American physicians were in the village and one Brazilian -  perhaps too many remedies were applied for the infirmity cure.

23.  New Trials and Evening Pleasures.

Then came the experience of the horrid “Bicho”  (pronounced beesha). This very minute insect, resembling a flea, enters the skin on the feet, forming a sac of eggs. In spite of constant watchfulness, they would often annoy the children and it became a matter of study and science to extract them without pain or after effects. This was a great annoyance and we thought we never could become reconciled to anything so disagreeable and we never did - but there was so much we were learning to enjoy in this delicious climate as we tried to endure with patience our small crosses for the prospect was delightful of having, all the year round, Spring and Autumn weather, comforting ourselves that we would never shiver around a fireplace, with bleak winds forcing their way through crevices and open doors. The temperature of the air was so pleasant it seemed to give energy to our labors. We covered with blankets and comforters, slept soundly and waked in the morning, always refreshed, enjoyed the cool air, which changed about midday to the warmth of the springtime.

Frequent showers often upset our arrangements but we were even becoming accustomed to this. We were busy all the morning cleaning and straightening, making each day some new changes. Then, we enjoyed sewing in a sociable way.  Mrs. McDade had a Wheeler’s and Wilson’s machine that made its journey without the slightest damage. Hers was not boxed, but only wrapped in quilts and tied together. It was thus carefully handled while boxes were tumbled about, without regard to contents. This was a factor we remembered and would be a useful experiences, for another voyage.

The Brazilian ladies were in ecstasies at our mode of needlework and often brought their dresses to be stitched up. They looked upon the Americans as wonderful people. We received our company in the front bedroom - laid out some of our choice books - containing engravings which were undamaged - placed on a table near the window, a large stereoscope with a number of views from all parts of the world. To this new curiosity the native’s flocked in numbers, and we were thankful we had a way of entertaining them without making the great effort of conversing in broken Portuguese.

We generally used our dining room for the common sitting room after supper and it looked quite comfortable. We had brought with us a large worsted piano cover with green ground and wreaths of roses which we spread over the table and placed our largest lamp in the center. We drew our chairs around - some sewed, others read and many laughed and talked. Reminiscences of Montgomery were recalled as we had come from the same place and were thrown together in the same house. There was a bond of interest between us and these pleasant evenings will be delightful to recall all the rest of our lives. “Haso olem meminisse juvabit.” Not infrequently our social-hall was filled with visitors and the Brazilian musicians would bring their wire stringed instruments and entertain us with music which never tired us. It was indeed very sweet. The Frenchman and Senhor Joun Calmou sung well together, both having fine voices, and the select audiences always rapt in grateful attention. They were obliging and ready to please us, as long as we desired them to continue.

25.  Leaving the Village.

     Scene at the upper landing; early in the morning. Slowly pushing from shore, were two canoes containing passengers for the lake. They moved along - under the shadow of the trees, while behind them broad, smooth and sunny, flowed the rosy Rio Doce, into which emptied the narrow stream. “Juperana.” The last house in the village was no longer visible, for a bend in this very crooked river made the farewell an abrupt one.

The cocoa-nut trees and thatched roof roofs of Senhor Carlos had disappeared from view a half an hour ago, and again we were directly in front of it. At the end of three miles our canoes brought us once more, by these singular windings, in view of the same house, seemingly, almost in a stone's throw.

We passed the cleared portion of the land - The plantation and residence of Joachim Calmou – then the scene changed. On each side rose picturesque banks surmounted by dense and tangled forests. Wild beasts - gay and beautiful birds - monkeys and venomous insects inhabited those shades; unmindful of the stranger band in canoes below them. Quietly sat the stranger band, in those primitive boats, regardless of the denizens of the forest so dreaded in the distance.

Step by step, we were going into that new life - further and further from civilization - and for what? To be free from Irksome dominion but slaves to hard and untried circumstances. We had not yet begun to realize our position. This was the little stream deep enough to carry a steamboat which united Linhares to Lake Juperana. This was the monotonous variety. If we can be so paradoxical, that marked our passage along its course. At the noon day we found the sun very hot that did not know how very strong was this heat until we opened the trunk containing our dinner and found its contents as warm as if just taken from the stove.

     In the afternoon, we submitted ourselves to fate - expecting no change except in turning one bend just to go down another. Occasionally, we straightened up a little to catch a glimpse of a hut with palmetto roof on the high edges of the hilltops. Our patience was tried by the slowness of travel as we were poling up the current. The day was nearly gone when we reached the mouth of the river and entered the Lake - all unprepared - like a flood of silvery light it glimmered before us as our canoes darted out of the little river, of the deep green water. The sun had gone down and only the heat of its setting were left on the polished surface.

26.  Lake Juparana.

Beauties no art could imitate or unfold. Its loveliness had been a theme of praise for so long, we were fully prepared to meet it and none were in raptures. Some thought it was tame, in comparison with what they expected. There was not enough irregularity in the scenery. The hills were all too much alike, rising one beside the other with too much sameness. A rugged and rocky mountain, like those in the Bay of Rio - A Tejuca or Corocovado would have made the landscape complete. But it was very beautiful, peacefully, gloriously beautiful.

Twilight is of short duration in Brazil and the pretty little houses on the hills embedded in orange trees could not be distinguished from the forest at the distance we were from shore but as we turned our course from the middle of the lake, the beach began to be discernible even by starlight.

A little after the rising of the moon, we found ourselves at the landing of Mr. Miller, who was camping on the beach on that side of the lake. We were warmly greeted by friends who came out to welcome us. They wished us to stop and take coffee, but as we were anxious to get home, we would not leave the canoes. So our boatman pushed right across towards the opposite shore. Three miles away, brought us to our landing, which was called by the natives, Estaca.

The beach was very broad and white. The hills looked high and dark, and the full moon showed the whole beauty of the “Seraphim place”. We could not see, at that hour, the ugliness of the dwelling which we were to enter. We could only feel joy that we had landed and exclaim with delight, “How very beautiful”, when we stepped upon the dazzling sand. The glowing waves beat the shore just as they do on the sea-coast - only in a mimic way and the sound was minimal - the air soft and fresh.

If we had pitched tents, like the Arabs and remained right there, we might have enjoyed a pleasant delusion - Out under the shield of heaven, in the “felt presence of the Deity” we should have gone to rest. It was then near the “noon of night” - only a few more hours would have brought the morning’s Sun and shown us beauties magnified by a greater light but, we did not sleep on the beach. We followed the path, landing up the bank to the door of the little hut. It stood open and we entered. A flickering light made by a fire of sticks on the mud floor, showed us the four dirt-daubed walls of the apartment and the low roof of palmetto, much blackened by smoke. One small window opposite the door of the entrance, A door on the right landing leading into the next room. We had never seen anything more uninviting than the aspect around us, but we sat down and when some chairs were brought in, after a few moments silence, one of the girls exclaimed “What will we do? How can we live in such a place?” It was difficult to reply to this appeal, we only suggested that we could have the walls swept and whitewashed. At that time we only needed rest - on the morrow, we might think about improvements.

Our light iron bed-steads, mattresses thrown upon them, but as the adjoining apartment still contained some of Seraphim’s goods, we put two or three of the others under a shelter close by the house, finding the air without more pleasant than within. We had learned by experience it did give colds. We did not discover until next morning that the shelter had previously been a chicken roost and the mites which had taken possession of it proved a disturber of repose. Fleas inside this house was tormenting also.

Our first duty in the morning was to get the whole place swept and all the trash burned, thus destroying the mites. After Old Seraphim and his wife Senorena and his daughters Josephine and Sophie came and removed a few articles, remaining in the house which belonged to them, old Mr. Fahay, our gardener, (who had been there some time ahead of us) swept the walls - watered the earthen floors and white washed the rooms with some clay found on the banks, the color and consistency of chalk. In order to cleanse and harden the floors, water is thrown all over them and when it dries, it is smooth like rock: fleas and bicho are thus destroyed.

Before evening, our home was really brightened. We began to arrange our furniture, which luckily for the size of the rooms, was very limited. Beds, chairs, trunks, washstands and sewing machine. This was all. On the right wall as you entered the house, were a little wooden cross and other Catholic symbols which we removed and substituted a looking glass. We tilted it forward, with a cord; placed around it some beautiful flowers resembling water lilies and fragrant as tube-roses. These gave a tinge of freshness to all things, and we thanked God for these flowers - which sprang up all around us in such rare beauty - filling the air with delicate perfume.

We were again draw extracts from the journals. Now “The Mothers”

27.  Our Parlor.

August 24th.

Yesterday we arrived at our new house. We have at last seen the beautiful lake. Is liveliness has not been exaggerated but there is not a beginning to our new house yet - and we expect to be very uncomfortable in this crowded hut. We will have to be patient. The little lake behind the house, nestled in trees is quite lovely, and the forest, with its many colors, is mirrored in the smooth surface. Surely, Lake Como is not prettier. If the Americans could only build their houses by magic, how happy we would be in such a place as this. Nature has done everything.

This morning, Mrs. Miller and Miss Anna came over in a canoe - rowed by Hunter M. It was pleasant to see them as they pushed into shore and cheerful to hear their kind voices. Mrs. M. brought us some fresh rolls baked in her stove. She was thoughtful, knowing we would all be tired. They told us they had never been so happy as they are now, living under thatched tents.

30th.

We have been too tired at night to write in our journals and it is inconvenient besides. We close the doors and window shutters to keep out mosquitoes and after we put the children to bed, we sit outdoors around a great blazing fire and it is really so delightful. Some times our neighbors have visited us - after we have given them a supper in our dining room - which is in the shelter at the back of the house, we ask them into the parlor and sat on chairs or logs. The beautiful curtains are drawn around us!  Only the starry firmament. These fires are glorious. They light up the forest and the broad lake in front and on the hill-tops and along the beach, we can see the charming lights of other houses.

We will make a practice of taking our journals every evening to write on the beach after sundown.

This new life is growing very pleasant, and the work is not so hard as we thought it would be. There is so much water and it is easy to wash and bleach and clothes. Old Seraphim’s wife and daughters hire themselves to us, to wash the heavy pieces and they use, in addition to soap, a weed called by Americans the Balsam Apple, which they rub on the clothes to bleach them. They dash water over them constantly and the sun makes them very white -.so we had no use for the thirty-gallon wash pot, which we bought in Rio and brought here with much trouble.

Would not our friends be surprised to know we are wearing rough, dry dresses? But, really, they look as if they had just been ironed. The strong breeze, which rises after nine every day, whips out all of the wrinkles. Then we fold and press them down, putting them away, fully satisfied. Then we get a table made, where we expect to iron them. At present, we are quite in the fashion, as everyone else is doing the same way, waiting for better arrangements in the laundry department.

2nd.

Today we made some rice balls. The daughters take it in turns - in cooking and “The Mother” assists in all departments. We must describe our dining table. It is made of one of our largest goods-boxes fastened together with straps underneath and placed upon poles rested on forks which are driven into the ground. Our stove is at one corner of the dining hall or shelter, and we take the food only a few steps, which is quite convenient. Our gentlemen friends are very kind, when they visit us - bring water or ground coffee and we prepare supper, which all seem to relish. Afterwards, we sit around our parlor fire which old Mr. Fahay, usually makes at dusk, so by the time we are ready to enjoy it, the large logs are blazing brightly and our illumination is splendid. Last night we listened to the splashing, of oars, as our friends started homeward – looked over the top of our highest hill and saw the moon, all bright and beautiful, sheltering the great, bright planet which hung below it. We looked upon the myriad twinkling stars, feeling nearer to heaven in this outdoor life. We then entered the little hut to go to bed – forgot in dreaming as soon as possible, the ugliness and the awfulness of our apartment - dismal indeed, by the light of a single candle. And horrible to relate! Spiders and roaches race up and down the walls in spite of the cleaning and white- washing - where do they come from? They are not visible in the day. Perhaps they live in the roof between the palmetto leaves or in the woods paying nightly visits to us with their native curiosity.

Sept. 4th.

Families are getting settled all around our lake and we hear they are such delighted with their choice of homes. We have two physicians as neighbors from Alabama and Virginia, one on each side of us - one and two miles distant by water and much shorter by land, through the forest. At the head of the lake Senhor Raphael has a home, with great comforts and very near to him, Dr. Farley from Alabama has settled. Mr. Davis from Louisiana, this side, and Mrs. Coburn of Alabama near to them. Al the young men of our colony are hard at work making their clearings in choice spots of their selections and everything points towards prosperity in a thriving little town, which is to be. 

Our Hill-Top

9th Sept.

Today we walked on our hill, which rises like a wall against the lake. After visiting the location where our house is to be built, we took the path which winds up the side of the hill. It is very steep and in some places we were compelled to hold on to the bushes to help us along. We were tired when we reached the top but were fully repaid, when we looked down. How high we seemed and how very pretty the prospect was below. We did not remain long near the front edge as the side is so abrupt and steep it made us dizzy to look down. So, we turned from that view, which takes in a great wide stretch of water and ever so many hills - looked around us to search for land beauties alone. We all agreed that our house should be built there - we selected a spot, marked out some of the finest trees to reserve for shade. But how would we get water up such a hill or ever get a well dug? This was an obstacle which could not be overcome. We then agreed our home should be on the spot already prepared in the valley which lay in such peaceful beauty beneath us. Even the little huts looked picturesque. Just beyond Old Seraphim’s house rises another hill - covered with mandioca - halfway between the two and lying behind, and with the forests partially cut away in front and all undisturbed, beyond, lies a lovely little lake – we call “Janella de Hatte”, which means window of the woods. We gave it this name at the suggestion of one of the children.

No picture could be more beautiful than this blue, gleaming water overhung by variegated forest trees. We saw in it the reflection of the landscape around and the white clouds overhead. How I wish we could paint it just as it is and send it to our friends for it seems a pity they should not know we are surrounded by such beauties.

On the hill-top we are to have our garden. Mr. Fahay and Mr. Spencer have already made a clearing and are burning out the stumps. We will have vegetables and fruit before very long as in this country, they will soon grow.

10th.

We have enjoyed ourselves today drawing plans of our house, which is to be built very rapidly now we are told., Oh!  for fairies instead of slow Brazilians. We want the house. We need it - we feel that we must have it. Antone, Old Seraphim’s son is going to build it. He had employed another man and they are busy getting the timber and sepoy cut. We are glad at the prospect. We have all kinds of fruit trees set out and we can see, in imagination, a neat looking thatched roof building, surrounded by a everything pleasant and home-looking. These pictures of the future which we keep constantly in our mind, save us from many moments of impatience. It is really early yet to think how comfortable we will be when we have a home of our own planning, with so many new, beautiful beauties around us.

Antone promised we should have the house in a few weeks - he would have many to help him and it would be an easy matter to build. But their movements are so slow, it will be months yet, we fear.

We are making improvements and becoming more settled, though we cannot feel comfortable in such a house. Still, “there is no place like home - be it ever so humble”, this is what we thought on our return this evening when we neared the shore and saw our own landing - our own beach and bluff and our own lowly hut with palm roof and clay daubed walls. The Earthen water vessels standing outside the door under the drooping eaves, the low bushes on each side and high hills right and left reminded us of pictures we had seen of the homes of Swiss cottages. With cheerful hearts we returned to our labors. We have visited our neighbors across the lake and find them happy and industrious, although they are yet in tents on the beach. Mr. Miller is going to build on the top of his high hill. They say they would rather have the water carried up than live below. They have four sons, only one too small to help. Three daughters, only one grown. How energetic, cheerful and hopeful they all are. Everyone we meet seems happy.

28.  The Roupa House.

We really enjoyed washing clothes today. Our shelter, so nicely covered with palmetto, is a great comfort, quite as pleasant as an arbor to sit under where it keeps off the heat of the sun and admits the cool breezes. Our tubs, wringer and washboard are opposite to me, while I sit on a little bench - taking these few notes. “Roupa”, in Portuguese means clothes - so we call this the “Roupa House” and consider it an elegant establishment. We intend having a set of swinging shelves suspended from the top rafter and keeping some of our books on them. This will then be the library, also. This is really a delightful place to sit.

When we come down to wash the clothes, the little boys help us by wading in the lake, bringing us water to fill up our tubs. This is a great pleasure to them. Every evening after sunset, all the children go down and each one carries up a pitcher full to pour into the meringos or coolers and in the morning it is delightful. We are compelled to have enough brought up to last all day as we cannot drink it until it has been standing all night.

When the moon is bright. We do not have our bonfires made - but place our chairs around the front door. Imagine it as a piazza. The ground is hard and smooth. It is only a few yards from the house to our little bluff down which the path leads to the beach.  Sometimes we vary our custom by spreading rush mats on the sand, by the water's edge. The breeze is so cool and refreshing – we know it is from the sea – we can almost smell the healthful odor and we love to listen to the waves as they beat in measures against the shore. The music is very pleasant to us -  though sad and monotonous. Of what does it remind us of? Sounds we must have heard in some other world, before our minds opened in this, of a calm, pure life - undarkened by sorrow and care. They may have been our infant days when songs of our mothers helped us to sleep. This is perhaps, a foretaste of what Heaven is to be or the memory of what it was when our spirits, fresh and untarnished, first fluttered into this world.

These moments come to us, when sounds of day are stilled, the voice of God seems, always to speak in the gentle flow of waters. It was thus we felt, after dreaming in a feverish sleep, some years ago, far away - across a wider sweep of waves than this.

Like a flash - like a gleam 

Of long vanished sunshine,

Upon a dark stream.  

Like a cadence - a strain -   

Of long forgot music -  

Awakened again,   

It came to my heart -  

Like a beacon of light

Then the gray of the morning   

stole in, from the night.

----------  

And it seemed that I heard  

The low murmur of waves -  

Whose regular beating 

The sandy beach laves.  

And it entered my soul   

As a soft falling strain - 

Which when once we have heard  

 We await it again.  

And dearer, by far 

Is that melody soft; 

That echo - like music  

Which comes to me oft.

What is it? That ray -  

Which flashes a moment -   

And flickers away.  

What is it I’ve heard -  

 When all nature was still -  

And each leaflet unstirred? 

That ray? -  Tis the blush 

Of children’s bright morn -   

The faintest recalling 

Of life’s early dawn. 

And when shadows or sorrows   

My spirits o’ercast - 

Tis then that it shineth 

That gleam of the past.  

      ----------         

And that music which, falls  

Like ripples, at play

Mid the harsh of the night 

And we hum of the day, 

In the voice that once sooth’d     

My young spirit to rest -        

When near to the heart  

That my infancy be prest. 

Where is it - that heart -  

Whose sorrows and joys 

Were of mine once a part?

Tis glowing glow whih love.  

Where stars are adorning  

           The arching above.               

                                                                                                     ----------

15th.

We have had a visit from Dr. Berney of Montgomery this week. He brought us letters from our relatives. He was accompanied by Mr. Rast. We had our bonfire made on the front side - on the beach. Took our supper out there - and mats were spread around for seats, chairs for those who preferred them. I think all enjoyed eating that way, for our dining room was very dismal looking at night. The cool, fresh air from the lake came pleasantly and healthily to us and we had no fears of its influence. These breezes are right from the sea. Thankful indeed, are we to have them and most grateful, too, for appetites which enable us to relish our plain food.

We had breakfast in the usual way, under the shelter and soon after, Dr. B. and his friend left. They are going, in company with a number of American gentlemen on an exploring expedition up the Doce river. They promised to visit us on their return.

There are a good many families settled around the lake. Some have remained in the village while they are having their clearings made. And this is a wise arrangement. Mr. Gunter has his home in Linhares and his plantation on the river not far off – Maj. McIntyre lives there also and has his land on the lake. Some of the wealthiest among the Brazilians have houses on these hills and spend their summer months here and the rest of the time in the village. They have plenty of fruit and are generous in giving it and will also sell it to us at a moderate price if we send for it. They will let us have a corn sack full of oranges for 20 cts. and a large bunch of bananas, more than we could lift, 16 cts. We have them swung up to a post, when green and they ripen in a few days and are very delicious. The plantains make a delightful breakfast dish – baked with or without sugar. They are a great variety of bananas - some of them are perfectly green, when ripe. This variety is of a large size - then there is a kind of a reddish color called the “Spanish” but the sweetest and best of all is the golden banana.

29.  Visit to Dr. Dunn.

Sept. 16th. A few nights since, while Miss Anna M. was with us, someone suggested we should surprise Dr. Dunn with a visit. The proposition was accepted and we had supper about sundown. – put some warm light bread, broiled birds and some sugar candy we had just made  into a milk pan – turned the other end over it and had it put in one of the canoes. I should here say, our pans are serviceable for almost everything but milk - as we never see a cow. Do not know when we ever will. The children were much surprised when they found “The Mother” was going. “Something is sure to happen”, they said – well - all determined not to go without her. “The Father” rowed one canoe. Mr. Spencer, the other. Old Mr. Fahay stood by the big fire, guarding the blaze and watching everything. We felt sure the flock at home would be well protected with his faithful care.

Our canoes kept close to shore and we knew we made a pretty picture in the moonlight. A bright, silvery path lay across the lake and a slight ripple on the water brought a myriad sparkling gems to the surface. We are not romantic, but the thought of Venice and her gondoliers came to us and felt it would be pleasant to ride on streets of water and visit, always at that hour. Dr. Dunn lived only a mile from us and the trip was soon over but before we landed, we had a consultation as to how we should go up to his house - whether quietly or by storm? We thought of stealing up, noiselessly and entering with a shout. We remembered his fright about the tiger and concluded this would not do. Everything was still, around the hut. We could see a small fire glowing under the shelter, where we supposed he was sitting.

The Tiger or “Onca”, which had been a cause of terror, came down one night to the shelter while Dr. Dunn was quite unprepared for his reception - having no gun, he placed his ax within reaching distance, barred his door with a trunk, and jumped up on the rafters above his bed, taking with him a stick of wood and tin pan of which upon he beat with great force until he frightened the tiger away. This is the way it was told to us. We had heard of a singular beating noise at our house and this helped to verify the moment.

A slight, crushing sound made by our footsteps on the sand was all that could be heard. We said nothing to each other but walked right up to where he was seated, as by that time, we could see the outline of his figure before the flickering blaze. He looked up suddenly. He became conscious of our presence, turned around, looking surprised, and laughed outright. He was delighted to see us and brightened his fire, putting on more sticks. We could then see the beauties of his lonely hut. The high hill was directly behind on which he was planting mandioca. “John the Baptist” is the name of the man who is working for him. He is a real Indian - not of the Booga race, but of the American type. There are a number of this kind on the Doce. We thought his place very beautiful and the beach prettier than ours.

We gave Dr. Dunn the pan for supper we had brought, received his thanks, strode around a little while and then started home.

The children said something would happen if “The Mother” went from home and their prophecy was true - for we discovered a singular change in the landscape as we went down to the beach. There were no clouds, and yet the light was dim. The lake and hills looked solemn and lonely. The moon was in eclipse. We sang as we went along, and the hills echoed our voices. But the shadowed moonlight made even the sounds come back to us mournfully. When we reached home, all was well - as we watched the moon awhile and then went to bed.

 

Sept. 19th.

Novelties.

Yesterday, Josephine brought us some greens seasoned with small peppers. We thought they were very nice and she told us she would show us where it grows. We walked with her, through the mandioca and after a while she stopped and pointed to the ground - showing us some puralane! Nothing but puralane! The hog weed – and that is what we had been eating. Well! It was very nice at any rate - so we gathered some - washed it nicely and cooked it with a piece of bacon, adding the green peppers. To make the dish better, we boiled with it some dumplings made of farinha. Josephine had also told us the poke-weed makes a good salad, so we have eaten it also, using only the tender leaves, adding the peppers. Perhaps our good appetites made these dishes seem good, for they are very inelegant surely.

We found growing on the hillside some immense potatoes called the Carah which we like very much. They look a little like the sweet potato and taste like the Irish. If we only had butter, they would be delightful but with a good gravy seasoned with pepper, they are excellent. So, we are thankful to have them even without butter. We have many blessings - we cannot complain at privation.

We have our crockery arranged on rows of shelves made of poles which are fastened at the back of the house under our dining and cooking shelter. Our tea, ground coffee, spices, etc. which we have in tin cans, remain outside every night as we have no better place to keep them. We trust to the honesty of our neighbors - the band of “Seraphims”, although they walk to and from our house at pleasure. We buy ferinha from them and sometimes go over to see them grind it. They have a rasping wheel which grates the mandioca to a powder. One person holds the root on the grater while another turns the wheel. The first part of the process is to scrape all the roots until they are free from the peelings. There Is a kind of mandioca, which is very good to eat and taste like a Spanish potato. The juice, which is pressed out in making ferinha is poisonous and they throw it away. The women of the Seraphim house make a drink which they call Lawabes, which tastes like buttermilk. It is cooling in the middle of the day. The roots are boiled until they are so tender that they can be thoroughly mashed. The water is not poured off. The mixture is set aside until fermentation takes place. The natives nearly always keep it and hand it to their guests. They are never without coffee and always hand a cup to their visitors. Strong and hot - no matter what hour of the day they go in.

It is a matter of wonder to us how these people live with so few articles of comfort in their houses. A bedstead with a few rush mats on it, a chest raised on something like a bench, a few three-legged stools is all the rooms contained. They eat and drink out of gourds. One of these gourds sawed in two makes two dishes or bowls. They do not grow on a vine as they do in the U.S., but on trees and it is singular to see them hanging from the limbs. They all have cups and saucers in which to hand coffee to their guests - a few knives and forks. Nothing else seems required.

Sept. 26th.

Pioneering and sunshine go hand in hand. All is well enough in dry weather. The sea breezes rises at nine every morning, so the heat is never oppressive. But when it rains it is doleful - awful. Our roof leaks and when the water drops on your clothes it is black or coffee colored. Oh! for a clean new roof of palmetto that has never been smoked. The natives around us keep mosquitoes out by building fires on the floor. We sent to Rio for some mats as soon as we discovered we would need them. We put a large pink one over the largest bed in the front room., a blue one over the single bed in the corner. Blue ones we have also, put in our “elegant” apartment. We are trying our best to give this one an air of comfort, but It is impossible with nothing but beds, trunks and a washstand, having light from only one very small window, which is nearly five feet from the floor. It makes our heart sink when bedtime comes. We generally go to sleep soon and forget, in dreams, The dolefulness of our house.

 Oct. 22nd.

Today we had a disagreeable time in our kitchen. The shingles on our shelter proved not to be water proof. The rain poured into the tray today, while “The Mother” was making up bread.

She moved from the table to her window which was at the back of her room. Great haste was necessary as the dye of the wood was a red color and the leakage was bad enough without this additional dye.

It poured in still worse there, so she handed the tray in, to someone and went around to the front door. She had to finish in the hut, although there was company present. She selected a spot where it does not leak and went on with her work. Rains soon continued to fall. The water poured in our flour barrel in the pantry, last night. We had only a cloth cover over it. Our storeroom is the tent we brought with us. Heretofore, it had been sufficient protection for our provision - but canvas is not proof against such rains as we had had lately. Our only alternative is to bring the provisions inside the house, until the next wet season has passed or until we can build a pantry. We have divided them - putting some in each room. Great pieces of Carne-Secca, or dried beef, are spread on poles which are laid across the rafters. Some of our books are also piled up there, on boards. This we call our attic. The dampness in the air mixed with beef drip brine in the middle of the floor. One can imagine how delightful this is in a bedroom.

30.  Breaking the Palha.

Oct. 23rd.

In our manner of passing time, and the daily routine, we see how real pleasure is gained, in performing duties, which without the surrounding circumstances would be irksome. Even those who feel least able and willing to work enjoy a great deal and are very happy in spite of privations and the “Homely home”.

“The Father” with his faithful assistants, is building a kitchen at the right hand corner, back of the new house that the natives are putting up for us, and it promise to be a much prettier Casa than any we have seen. The roof, instead of being the old-fashioned gable, is made in a point with four sides. We are much interested in this work and sometimes go over and help to break the palmetto (pronounced Palha) finding it rather a pleasant labor. The leaves on the long stems are separated and folded backwards and when this is done it is held up horizontally, they fall evenly looking like a greatly magnified comb, or rather like two, as they lie double. Three of these prepared stems of palms are tied together, then fastened to the rafters with the sepoy vine, leaving only six inches of the fringed ends as the layers are put on one above the other.  It makes a beautiful and impervious roof. The palms are prepared while green and laid on the ground until dry, and they then become a pretty straw color.

27th.

Our American friends have helped to daub our kitchen. We did the best we could to have a good dinner and supper for them and made lemonade to refresh them while at work. They enjoyed it, as a frolic. Late in the evening, we went over to see the result of their labor and were quite delighted. They had smoothed the walls with their wooden trowels, both inside and out, and the house looked quite as pretty as we expected. After that, the slow and tedious job of making an earth floor finished it all except the doors and windows shutters.

Between clearing, planting and building the Americans had their time well occupied and yet seemed well and growing stronger, but they find it a great undertaking to hew down a Brazilian forest, being mostly professional men and students unaccustomed to outdoor labor. Only the strong will that inspires a heart full of happy and bright dreams for a future could bring about this state of energy and determination. We have never seen anything like it, and they are not so worn out by this as to prevent social visits in the evening and often on the Sabbath.

Our parlor fires are always brightly burning after sundown. Night hides from our vision the broad landscape of the day, but a limited view of darkened trees on one side, the tent and hut on the other make a background to the scene weird and picturesque. If the dipping of oars and the splash of water is heard as a canoe touches the shore, the chairs are brought out and we are ready for the entrance of our friends to the common social hall.

When our house is finished just as we wish it with the comforts around us, we expect and hope to have, we will feel that our home on the lake is almost a paradise. At present, our only drawback to happiness is the discomfort we experience in lodging for it is hardly living, in our miserable hut. Patience is our motto and “esparen pouce”, the Brazilian watchword, a nettle to our impatient spirits, but we must bide our time though they bid us only “wait a little.” They began their building in apparent zest and for every delay, some plausible excuse is given for postponing until another week, the continuation of the work we hoped to see, were this completed. Ah well - we enjoy the pleasures of anticipation, believing there is much comfort in store for us in our home.

30th

We have pleasant accounts from our friends on the opposite shore. One of our daughters having just returned from a visit with Miss Anna M., to Mrs. Cogbourne and to Mr. Davis’s family. Found them in mud-huts, but, more comfortable than we are, as they are not so crowded. Like all the other immigrants, they have choice localities with great beauties of nature around them, full of pleasant plannings for the future. Their homes are near each other about half way between Dr. Farley and Mr. Miller. The distance between the two latter being six miles.

Sometimes the steamer stops outside the bar and brings us freight. Monday, we received our letters from the States. Every fort-night we have the mail brought from Rio by Victoria and the carrier brings it by a land route. Some of the gentlemen always go down to Linhares to bring the letters and papers which they distribute when they return.

Today we received a number of boxes and plants which came from Rio by the steamer.  Oranges, guavas, cocao-nuts and various other fruits.

Mr. Spencer and Mr. Fahay will soon move from their temporary sleeping shelters to the new kitchen and to another house just like it that they are rapidly building. The last one is just opposite on the left side of the large casa, exactly the same in size and shape.

31.  Our Neighbors, Across the Lake.

Oct. 31th.

We have paid a visit to our neighbors across the lake and were astounded to find they had done so much towards improvement. We climbed up the steep hill, held onto the bushes with a firm grip, and did not look back until we reached the top. Then we saw what an ascent we had made. The comaradoes were at work on the house, putting on the roof - but Mr. Miller and his boys have made a large kitchen with their own hands, and it does bring great credit. It is surprising to see how well they have succeeded in their first effort at building. The houses are made by driving poles, for posts, firmly in the ground. Rafters for roofs are made of small poles and everything is tied together with a strong vine called the Sepoy, and no nails are used. After the roof of palmetto is on and the lathing securely tied inside and out from post to post, the daubing is done. The mortar is a mixture of clay and water. Generally, a big crowd gathers on daubing day and they make a frolic of it. The Americans will help each other and succeed as well as the Natives.  Two stand opposite to each other, one inside the other outside of the wall. Each throwing a handful of the soft dirt at the same time. It thus lodges and sticks - after all the crevices are filled, they smooth it off a little. And when it dries, the house is built. The floor is made by putting a quantity of clay and water on the ground and beating with heavy wooden pestles. When the first layer dries, another is put on and then another until it is sufficiently thick not to break under the feet. Some of these floors are as hard as rock, but we know we will never become accustomed to them and will have wooden floors as soon as we possibly can. Dr. Farley is going to have a sawmill, then we will all enjoy plank flooring again.

Some of our friends are so far from us we see very little of each other, but we hear they are all doing well and are happy. Dr. Farley has a more desirable situation than any of the emigrants. He bought a good house near Senhor Raphael. This house - in which he was very comfortable, was burned down a few weeks since. The palmetto catching fire from the stove pipe which passed through the roof. Mrs. Farley was cooking dinner and had irons on the stove. Senhor Raphael took them to his house while they are building a new one, the Brazilians work faster there than they do here. I know - for we hear that everything there looks as if people were living. Senhor Raphael has several houses. St. Amelia on the Lake is one of them and from all accounts, he has all the comforts of life around him and takes pleasure in assisting his American neighbors.

We are hoping soon to have our steamboat puffing by our doors. Then we can make a short trip to Linhares when we like and go to Rio so easily. How pleasant all this will be! We expect to have two homes, one in the great municipality and one on the lake. Our garden and fruit trees will be flourishing. We will have plenty of poultry and we will spend the summer season here. That is, if everything turns out as we expect - and hope it will.

Yesterday afternoon, when walking towards the little lake, the air was filled with something so deliciously sweet. We thought it was flowers as most of them are very fragrant and there is quite a variety of jasmine - red, white and yellow – but this was simply sweeter still. We traced it up to a charred stump and low down behind, we saw a great yellow pineapple ripe enough to eat. We cut it close to the lower leaves and searching around other stumps, finding several more. We took them home, cut off the tops and the shoots below, saving them to plant. Then - we peeled and sliced them, sprinkling sugar over them, covered the dish and in about an hour, they were floating in a clear syrup. We all enjoyed our supper and were glad to know that old Sarephim had planted pineapples all over the place. He says we will find them all growing behind stumps. It is well for us that we can get fruit as often as we do, for we eat salt meat every day and only occasionally have fresh. Whenever our neighbors have “Pacha” or “Poska du matte”, or “coute”, they divide it with us and we do the same when we have it. But our daily breakfast and dinner dish is Carne-Secca, dried beef, which we soak in water at night, sometimes tying it to a post in the lake. We cut it into small pieces, boil until very tender, then season with black pepper, sometimes adding the little green pods – make a gravy, and think it is very good hash. We also fry it sometime.

The main staff of life is our fejces - black beans, which we put on early in the day and boil awhile, throwing away the first water, then continue to cook until sufficiently done. We use “toucinha” – bacon, to season, adding the peppers also. We are cooking, just as the Brazilians do -  but they do not make flour bread. They make a dish called Paron by stirring in farinha with boiling water until it is stiff, seasoning it with salt only. We have improved on this by adding eggs and black pepper and it is really very good. The natives are always admiring our bread. They seem to smell it as soon as it comes out of the stove and they come over to see it, knowing we will always give them some. They bring us whenever they make them, some of their tapioca cakes and spiced farinha balls. The name of the latter we cannot yet pronounce.

32.  The Rising Waters.

Nov. 1st.  

The Sandy ravine, which has united the large lake to the little one is now full of water, rushing and tumbling and we have log crossings, to go over to the other side. It is so deep and rapid It is necessary to keep a pole in our hands long enough to touch bottom - as we feel that we will lose our balance. A large quantity of fish have been caught in baskets in this new stream and we have roe in plenty. We mix it with farinha and fry it and it is almost like an egg omelet. Yesterday evening, while standing in front of the stove having just taken out some rolls beautifully baked, which we consigned to the box or cupboard, we heard a roaring sound. Night seemed to have come suddenly. It was only the darkness from a hurrying cloud, which in a few moments sent heavily on our shingles, a torrent of raindrops, each drop as large as a saucer. We stood resolute, determined, not to forsake our post - the fish was not yet sufficiently brown. The rain might pour - but we would not move. Streams began to flow down our shoulders and we began to shiver but we would not go in. Another stream and then another, each one colder than the last. We looked up at our shingles (the great American improvement) and a dash of water came in our faces. This was only a temporary arrangement - The boards were only laid on to kept out the sunshine - pioneers always forget the rains it is true. When the sun comes out and everything is dried and aired we do not regret the showers that are past - but when we suffer all this discomfort, we rail in heart against temporary arrangements. We wish for a good house, a comfortable home and all the conveniences necessary for living. We had just concluded to take off the frying pan, when our stove made a leap towards us like an angry animal - its red-hot coals glaring like fiery eyes through the doors. We jumped back against the wall of the house, looked at each other in silent surprise. What did it mean by such an attack? The rain, which came down in such great force, had washed the sand from under the four blocks, which raised from the ground - when the blocks rolled over, it came lighting on its four feet about a half yard from its original position. After gazing round at this singular spectacle, we took a frying pan off the stove, which had not been upset, put it in the box which was waterproof. Then we left the kitchen in disgust, went into the house through the window - then received additional drippings from the coffee-colored rain which fell within. Lamentations went up - with sad complaints against the slow Brazilians who would not finish our house. We all felt like crying - believe some of us did shed a few tears. After a while, the rain ceased. We put on dry clothing, ate supper and went to bed.

3rd.

This morning, our dining room floor was well washed. The ground more pleasant to walk on. Our stove is again put up better than before. Another dinner has been put on it and we rejoice that it is one of the best of stoves - bakes and boils, just as we wish. We have plenty of fish now. Our neighbors, the two doctors, came in to see us this morning and were much amused at our description of the leaping stove and the drenching we had. We could tell it cheerfully, today. Such troubles do not worry us long. While the sun shines, we live very pleasantly on hope - but when it rains, not a beam of light comes in our hearts. We would be glad to forget we are human beings and our accommodations would be poor for cattle, in a country where they are properly cared for. We wish good weather would last now - until we get into the new house but as this is the rainy season and it has just begun, our patience is to be much tried. When we were in Linhares we had the season of showers - now we have floods. After this, came the hot dry spell - Antone was telling us today that when it stops raining, the sun gets so hot it sometimes sets the roofs on fire - the leaves on the bushes dry up and ground burns the feet etc. We noticed a twinkle in his eye when he told us this and we concluded he was playing with us. He made many gestures and told us it was the truth. A “verdardi”.  He has tried to frighten us by accounts of the Booga Indians, saying they sometimes come in and steal all the mandioca, but others tell us Antone has told stories so we will not believe his reports unless verified.

33.  “Janella du Matte”.

17th.

We have taken our journal once more to add a few notes. There are pencil sketches where we have only written at times, like the present - in the open air - with hills and trees around us, giving a cheeriness to the feelings. For a while the rains have not been so abundant. The world around us looks very beautiful now. The stream flows gently. We are seated on its banks and like this quiet flow better than the rush and tumble when it is so full - then it was dangerous. Now the children can wade in it, in places. Now, happy they are all now and seem to enjoy living from morning till night. It is pleasant to hear their merry voices. Some are fishing in little Lake Janella. “The Father” has rowed a boat full across the lake to our spring on the opposite bank. If that spring was only on this side, we would be glad, but it is so far off we seldom drink from it. The water must be purer than that we get from the lake. It is in a shady quiet spot, but is not on this side and there is no way of bringing it over.

Miss Anna Miller is with us. It is pleasant to hear the laughing voices of the young people who are scattered around. They are gathering flowers. Such beautiful, fragrant flowers we have in every direction. Some are and delicate and perfect, as if raised in hothouses.

Three immense birds have just flown, screeching overhead. Their colors, scarlet and blue. I think they are macaws. Yesterday we had a toucan for supper. The colors of this bird were the richest gold and black. They would make beautiful trimmings for hats. The monkeys are always quiet in the afternoon and in the morning, they chatter very loudly, carry on debates, sometimes in angry and sometimes in pleasant tones. And yet the gentlemen kill and even eat them. It seems like cannibalism.

34.  Hours after Night-fall.

18th.

The children are using their “Books of Record” as a matter of improvement. They study also in spite of walking, bathing, fishing and playing. Our notebooks are not used often in the evening - no wonder - as night is usually the time for journals and also

“When labors close”  

Tis sweet to gather round the weary head.

The curtain of repose.”

When drawing our “bars” around us we do not experience the feeling of delight usual to the weary, on laying our heads down to rest. To the contrary, we go into our hut with reluctance, dreading the hour of bedtime, wishing with a full heart that morning had come. Again, we say – no wonder - for this is our nightly program. When supper is over, we enter our hut – light a candle (we do have the luxury of star candles). First, we take the little ones through the accustomed trials of ablutions – then examine feet for the bicho, nearly always finding and extracting some. When this is over, they are soon at rest. No other insects except mosquitoes bite us at night. We have a few moments (while the baby is making the last struggling efforts to go to sleep) to look around our room. Our eyes fall first on the corner where we have a tier of tri-pointed shelves. There are books, neatly arranged on one. Some pretty shells and a work box on another. A tumbler of flowers on the uppermost. Now, that is a very cheerful place for the eye to rest. Close to these shelves is the door which opens on the right into the next room. On the other side of the door is the sewing machine. It is closed - and is covered with a dark cloth, and the tables (at this hour, so called) holds the only other articles that brighten our dismal looking room. These treasures, silver caps and pitcher, as well as the candlesticks, were gifts of friends now far away. In looking at them we are saddened though the room is cheered a little by having them there. By the only window which is at the back of the room, stands a large yellow trunk. It literally stands for It is raised on blocks to prevent ants from making nests underneath. (This is a precaution universally used) Behind the front door is a large red meringo or water cooler. Between this and the machine is a pretty little green iron wash stand. The rest of the room is occupied with beds. After all this is not so very dismal. The white-washed walls, which are yellow by day, look cream colored at night. And this is pretty enough, for a mud hut. But alas! roaches and spiders come out from the smoked palmetto and promenade up and down the sides of the house. Quite careless of our presence. There is no remedy for this evil, so we must only grow hardened to this and other annoyances until our term of probation is over and we pass our first stage of pioneer life.

When the little ones are all asleep, if the weather is pleasant, we go into our outdoor parlor and remain an hour or so under the stars-  We turn again into the hut - then comes the last scene on the programme before getting into bed each night.

Salves, lotions and bandages are brought out to bathe and bind the wounded limbs, none having escaped the poison bites of the mosquitoes except the little ones. With great care, we wind the strips of linen from the ankles to the knees, that portion of the body being the only active region. It has been a matter of inquiry, why are the children, who go barefooted, are exempt from the poison? Another thing has surprised us much - that the insects most troublesome to housekeepers in the States are never seen here – and we do not have flies. Mosquitoes and bora-shutas, (which are stinging gnats) and the bicho take their place. Though perhaps we have as many mosquitoes in the U.S. as we have here, only these seem more poisonous to foreigners.

20th.

We must speak of one real luxury, which we daily enjoy. Our morning baths. In this delicious climate, we dare to do what in this home we have left, would be dangerous to life. We are not afraid to go out of the bed and walk right into the lake. The sand is white and clean and the temperature of the water tepid. We often go in just at sunrise and more frequently in the afternoon. We have a little nook in the bushes - for a dressing room. Each one and when she finishes, goes in, changing the wet wrapper for a dry one, then throwing a shawl around our shoulders we go up to the house and dress, feeling strength and ready for our days labors. We can truly say it is the greatest comfort we have ever enjoyed and it is a full recompense for the disagreeable conclusions to each day.

The Natives are very fond of the water. Women swim like ducks and throw their infants out into the lake, when scarcely more than a year old so they are expert swimmers quite early in life. So much of their time is devoted to washing clothes, bleaching, and bathing, it would be a cruel change if they were transported to a region where there are no lakes or streams.

35.  Washing Little Breeches

From _____’s Book of Record..                                                                                                                              

Oct. 11th  

“I wish so much I could keep a journal and write in it regularly like my other sisters, but somehow I am always so much occupied with other things of interest that the pages of my diary are nearly as clean as when first bought. I began in good earnest on the ship, but ever since we've been on land, I have neglected my book. Father bought each of us one just alike, bound with red leather, and we thought we would fill them with scenes of travel - but I have made a slow beginning. I made many resolutions to write, but as soon as I take my pen, find my mind wandering in the woods for flowers or darting around the lake in the little boat  and so it goes.

I put up my pen and book and go off to see if my ginger had come up then walk in some new part of the woods to see what curiosities I can find thinking I certainly will write when I go home. And then I will have something to tell. A few days ago, something happened which I must write and had determined not to put my journal away until it is done. I saw a picture on the beach which I wish I could have sketched, but this is a talent I unfortunately do not possess. This rough life we are leading, brings out our real character and shows us qualities we never observed before. I have discovered one of my sisters is romantically inclined - she loves to write in her journal. Well, she had some washing to do, which she had postponed as long as she could - so she made a desperate effort and got the clothes down to the “Roupa House” on the beach. Whenever I have to wash, I take the Brazilian method, tuck up my dress and walk into the water. But this sister of mine won't do this. It does not, according to her idea look well. She prefers doing things in style and using a tub with a washboard to scrub on. Each of us wash for one of our little brothers. Well, my romantic sister had a pair of Willie’s little breeches before her. Her bonnet was thrown back from her face. She was gazing intently toward the west, where the sun was sinking beneath the horizon, giving a crimson hue to the water of the lake, making a gorgeously beautiful picture. I cannot tell where her thoughts were, but one hand in the intensity of her feelings convulsively grasped a bar of turpentine soap while the other rested on the little breeches, all covered with soap and water, spread out, full length and breadth on the wash board. I looked at her for a while in silence and then most rudely and cruelly called her mind from the crimson and purple tinted heavens back to the wash tub, by asking her how much washing she had done?  “Oh!” she explained, “that sunset is so grand, so beautiful. I wish that the boys did not have to wear these pants or that they did not have to be washed, or I loved to wash clothes like you.”

It was then too late for her to finish her work, so she concluded to tie them together and swing them into the lake until morning.

36.  The Rice Story.

Again, I have something worth telling in my journal. But what would my romantic sister say if she could look over my shoulder? She would tell me I am exaggerating - that it's not half as bad that I make it but I am only going to tell the story just it was it was. It was her week to cook. She was very busy around the stove - at rather an early hour for putting on dinner. The carne-secca and fajaca  were not even prepared for cooking - I believe the carne-secca had been soaked and cut up, but nothing else was ready. She washed a large dish full of rice and put it in a stew pan on the stove. I passed along, wondering why she began her dinner in this way. She did not like to be teased about her cooking, but I suggested that it was a queer time to put on rice. She replied in her quiet way. “You see, I am going to cook a little more today to save for supper. I will put on more for dinner.

This amused me very much. Cooking supper first and dinner afterwards. But this was her style. I passed accidentally by the stove again a little later, only a few minutes perhaps, and saw her washing more rice rather hurriedly too, I thought, and she poured in the same stew pan. I went off then, without saying anything but knew I would come back after a while and have something to see. But when I found myself interested, watching a canoe coming around the point forgot the rice and the cook till I heard Mother exclaim in surprise and then remembered the rice. I rushed to the shelter and saw the cook looking blank and our Mother looking much amused. She was dipping the rice out, dividing it between two other stew pans. We then went into the house - waiting to hear another call from the kitchen - as we saw the rice was not half done and it already filled two pots.  It was not long before we peeped again at the cook's face, we could see, through the window, she looked flushed and provoked. “Well”, we asked, “Do you want us to come out and look at the rice again?” She nodded her head as we proceeded again, to the kitchen, and lo! The rice and risen high above the two pots. Still not done.

 

Bring another stew pan, we said, and dipped out enough to fill, a third, of very large size. How much rice did you put on! We asked. The reply was “I really don't know, I poured it in that large milk pan and I guessed at it.” “Very well”, we assured, “we will have plenty of rice to last some time. Keep up your fire and let it cook, as it was not near done.” “This is a fine joke, I said to myself. We were tease her about this.”

We sat down again, Mother at her sewing and I took up a book, seating myself where I could see out of the window. Occasionally I would look up, presently the perplexed cook, lifting up the tops of the pots and then she turned her eyes towards me. “Come again” she exclaimed and I laughed hard enough!  Again, we rushed to the scene of distress. The last stew pot was brought out and filled with and the rice continued to boil up until it fell out all over the stove and showered on the ground. Finally, we dipped from the top of each pot and put it in the large milk pan - nearly full. We stood and dipped it out as it boiled and rose. At last it was all done. But what to do with it? Was the question. All our tin pans and large dishes, including the soup tureen, were used to stow it away. The little chickens gathered around, glad to eat rice. That very day, one of the cook’s friends, Capt. D. Yancey took dinner with us. The first question we asked him, “Do you like rice?” When he said “yes”, we told him we had “oceans” but for sister’s sake we did not show him all we had, only begged and “not to be bashful as we had plenty.” Then, such laughing you never heard and he was so curious to know why we were so much amused and we had to tell the whole story.

37.  Daily Avocations.

From_____, One of the daughters.                                                                                                                                   .        .     Oct. 3rd.

This morning, a canoe arrived from Linhares - several gentlemen came ashore. Such an event is always pleasant, but the coming of the steamboat will, of course, create more excitement than one of these little boats. To see the smoke and hear the bells will startle us from our quiet. But will it ever ring? Her visitors were Mr. T.  Gunter and Dr. De Yambert. They then went with Maj. Stowe to his place, which is several miles above us.

The young gentleman of the lake are talking about having a dance at the house of one of the Brazilians, they want to know what we think of it. We believe it will be pleasant. I cannot help thinking from all that is passing that such a life as this is far happier than one of fashion, forms and etiquette. I, who have only attended children's parties in the States, cannot judge but think it is delightful to have them as we do, without being troubled about our style of dress. A colored muslin or a neat calico can be worn at our “sociables.”

5th.

The places selected for our future home is very beautiful. In front of us will be the large and magnificent Lake Juparana. Behind the loveliest little lake we have ever seen. On one side is a stream which will, when the rainy season comes flow from one lake to the other. On the opposite side is a hill, a large portion of it covered with woods. We will be surrounded by beauty. We hope the house will soon be finished that we may begin our improvements. Antone, the head workman said he will soon finish two rooms for us.

Wrote some letters today, also washed some clothes in our elegant Raupa house. Did not mind this labour much, for it is so easy to wash and bleach with so much rinsing water and so many conveniences in our cool retreat. Then to, hanging to the rafters are swinging shelves on which we keep our books and it is very agreeable to be fanned by pleasant breezes with a good book to read, but I am sorry to say I do not like to cook. The novelty has long since worn off and I sigh when my turn comes, would be glad if I liked it as well as my other sisters. This may be what they call romantic - Perhaps it is, but I shall never grow to be an expert cook when there are so many things more pleasant one can do. I know I shall be happy in our new home, when our trees are bearing, and our garden flourishing and we have the servant our father has promised to bring us from Rio when he goes.

I love to watch the canoes with white and fluttering sails, glimmering in the sun, as they skim over the silvery sheet of water before us.  Tis pleasant to notice any new improvement. The Americans are beginning to use sails and the Brazilians are following the fashion.

Later, I am now seated on the banks of our dear little Janella. We love this little lake, which is all our own, in its frame of forest trees and the little canoe which rests on its quiet waters. This too, is our own and we are learning to row ourselves. And Oh! It is so very charming. We like to come after sunset, with our hats off, to get all the breezes. The sun is now hidden behind the trees but the crimson light is in the sky, giving the same tinge to the water. The scenery is very lovely, but the prettiest part of the picture is the little boat with contains a happy band of five. ”The Father” with fishing line in the water, children, also with poles in their hands. My merry sister, whose head rises a little above the others, enjoys this life now very much and thinks it a great pleasure to fish - but she loves to walk as well as play. Now very pretty, her sunny hair, between flaxen and gold. Her fair face, fairer still in the pink light which covers everything. Now she is looking over this way, thinking perhaps I am sentimental, or imagining myself grown but she does not know I am rapt in admiration of her and this lovely scene around us.

6th.

Once more in my cool retreat, having set the table for supper. The wind makes pleasant music in the palm leaf roof over my head. The Roupa house is almost as pleasant as a summer arbor. If it were not built on the sand, we might plant some of those beautiful and fragrant vines around it that are growing everywhere in such abundance. But I believe it is better, after all, to have the sweep of breezes without the vines and we can enjoy the flowers on our daily walks and we always have some rare ones ornamenting our house.

The great Lake, which is always grand, shows itself in a new light this evening. It is getting cloudy, a cool breeze is blowing and the waves dash angrily against the shore as if to imitate the ocean.

Our washing is lightened very much for we give old Senorana and her daughters all the heaviest pieces, sometimes they do the work here, but usually take it home. This makes the clothes very white.

7th.

This is the Sabbath. We have not the music of church bells and we cannot see crowds passing on their way to the house of worship. Our surroundings look just the same as in the week but there is something which reminds us that it is Sunday and we try to regard it as God's Holy day. We know it is the day of rest for we do not hear the sound of axes. The Sabbath is hallowed in this way and always is followed by visiting and we all think this is right for it is a recreation to those who labor in the week to see their friends and to tell of their progress.

I am going to try and see if I can cultivate a fondness for washing pots, scouring with soap and sand and then scrubbing hard to remove the smut, do not mind cleaning and brightening the tins because we take them to the beach on the clean white sand and can look around the beauties of nature and see everything that is going on, if there is anything to see.

We went over, yesterday, to the Farinha house, as Old Seraphim’s place is now called. Josephine, and Sophie had made some rag dolls and the children were so much pleased with them. We bought some with dumps or copper cents.

These dolls are very ingeniously and curiously made, with hair made of thistle down, some golden, some brown and flaxon color. The dresses were neatly and prettily made and showed more taste that we believe such people would have.

38.  Baking a Monkey.

Monday, 8th. 

Heartless, cruel it seemed for we had seen it before death and the sad cries were ringing in her ears. We had seen it looking at the little hands and showing them to us, which were stained with blood from having pressed them to his wounded side. But father said he and Mr. Spencer wanted it for dinner. How could they eat anything that looked so much like a human being? that too, when they believed in the Darwin theory. But they said they would, and cut off his head and hands. Then when they had gone, we arose to attend to the task of cooking it - having prepared no dressing whatsoever, we asked Willie if he would not push the pan in the stove, small as he was and a boy too, he shrank from the task, so the grief was mine to put it in to bake; slamming the door hurriedly which instantly blew open again. I again shut them not quite so forcibly, and they remained closed. I then rushed off to return no more, until I heard an exclamation from “The Father” who came back to see how the delicate meat was cooking.  Lo! He had drawn it forth, brown and dry, withered and distorted, looking like a headless and handless mummy.  Its ludicrous position which made him laugh, saved us from his displeasure about allowing it to dry up.

10TH.

We are burning out and clearing a place for a front yard as it had been dark and rainy a part of the day.

11th.

Another plan had been made about building the house; the cpmaradoes say they had no oxen to draw the heavy timbers and not men enough to lift them, so they will make only two rooms on each side of the hall instead of three, and add two more afterwards. “The Father” has at last bought out the whole place from Seraphm.  At first he would only sell a part of the land.

In our rambles on the borders of Lake Junella we found today some lovely little flowers to press. Then, in the grove we found a tree full of blossoms, like orange flowers, of very sweet odor. There is a large variety of jasmine of every color, the sweetest is a dark crimson. There is much of the yellow.

13th. About four o’clock this morning father returned from the Linhares. He went down with Maj. Stowe who was on his way to Rio. Antone has made another postponement and the gentlemen are going over to Dr. Johnson's to help daub his house. They all assist each other.

14th.

In our walk along the beach this afternoon, we went where we had never been before. Although it was on the edge of the woods and we had often passed the place, where so much beauty was “waiting, its sweetness” and flowers blooming “to blush unseen.” We said we expected ours were the first American feet that had pressed that soil. In one place, there were a good many trees together, forming an arch overhead. Underneath was a carpet of brown leaves and sweet blossoms hung on the boughs above us. We thought this would be a good place for a picnic as It was so cool and delightful.

We discovered something very much like amber on a tree. It looked like the gum of the peach, only it was very hard and beautifully clear. We brought some of it home, believing we had found a treasure. Along that part of the beach, is also had some beautiful white clay, as white as lime. Nature has given us many useful things. The children are having slight chills. Quinine is in demand.

15th. The beautiful substance resembling amber proved not to be very precious but a useful article. It is excellent to kindle hot fires and used as if it were light-wood. There is also something we burn in the same way which looks like resin, and it is dug out of the ground in lumps. We took another walk this afternoon to our beautiful arbor.

23rd.

Quite a number of Brazilians stopped here today on their way from somewhere above us. While they were getting out of their canoes, we counted them and there were twenty-one – men, women and children. Our mother did not enjoy this rush of company as two of her little ones were sick, but she tried to endure it with patience and politeness. The men remained outdoors and the women and children scattered around, some came in sitting on the beds, and the chairs were all used, while a few walked about outdoors, examining our stove and the contents of the dining shelter.

To this style of manners, we have become accustomed but we have often wondered why they do not notice our customs and imitate them. For it is very plain that we are admired by them and they are trying to be like us in every other way. Someone suggested that we should go in a body or rather a volley and pay them a visit and start at once to inspecting and peering about.  But the idea was so ridiculous we could only laugh at the absurd picture. These natives are kindly, curious and not rude. They do not mean to be impolite. They wish us to know they are much interested in our manners of work and living and this is the way they show it.

A few of these people we knew in the village and we could not have been more cordial if they had come along. The pretty Raphiella was one of them and we were really glad to see her. And we noticed that she behaved much like the Americans. She was pleasant and smiling, but dignified.

We are making ginger preserves from our own ginger roots. We hope to raise a good deal.

26th.  

More chills. We did not like the idea of sickness in our colony as we hear of a good many having chills.

Father shot some wild muscovy ducks this morning. One was killed, the other wounded. He said he is going to keep this one, amputate its wing and tame it. This evening it rained and the air is oppressive. We have no breeze.  Mr. Spencer has returned from Senhor Carlos’ having bought provisions, turkeys and ducks. Our poultry yard is increasing.

28th.  Monday.

Senhor Carlos, his wife, Donna Matie and son, Master Auguste, came over yesterday to dinner with us, also, and was much amused at our mother, who found it so dull entertaining her guests, that she kept herself busy, they needing interpreters, which was more convenient and less tiresome than to make an effort at conversation when Mrs. Carlos understood no English. Dr. J.  expressed his sympathies at the table, and Mama replied, “You are right. It is very irksome.” But our guests did not understand what they were saying and it seemed strange to see them looking so unconscious. We have the advantage in this respect for we are learning their language. They do not care to learn ours and only a few try and speak it.

Therese and Ellie Miller, also spent the day with my little sisters. Their brother Hunter, took them home late in the evening and the lake was quite rough - a strong breeze having risen. We felt uneasy, but watched them until they were safely landed on the opposite shore. Senhor Carlos had a large canoe and negro oarsmen. They were so late in coming after their Master that we began to be uneasy lest they would have to stay all night and we had no place for them to sleep. We were much relieved when we saw their boat coming. This couple are aristocracy and really good people, but we feel quite sure that we can never know any of them well enough to feel a warm friendship for them.

     29th. Today, Mr. Spencer went on another expedition for poultry, etc., bringing back a turkey, two pigs, some peacocks, and also some banana trees to plant. The gentlemen have returned from Linhares who went after the mail, bringing us letters and papers and a large bunch of splendid ripe bananas.

     Our wounded duck with the amputated limb looks quite as contented on the water with the other ducks as if it had always belonged there. We love to watch them, swimming on the water - hope to have some geese after a while.

Nov. 2nd, Friday.

It had been dark and rainy yesterday and today, rained steadily last night. We seldom have a wind storm. Our rains are heavy but gentle and yet, when we hear it falling, as clouds come across the lake, it makes a rushing sound as if a tornado was sweeping a part of the forest away. It grows louder and louder and at last, falls on our roof straight down, without any wind at all. We are not deceived by this in the daytime, but at night there is something solemn and even fearful. in this “meeting of the waters.”

The visit of Miss Carlos afforded us much amusement - not so much at the time, for it was a dull day, but afterwards, whenever we thought of it, we laughed a good deal. The evening walk, our Mother took, with her guest, she will hardly forget and now wonders why she should have been so abstracted. Mrs. Carlos wanted to see something of the place and both walked silently along until they reached the new house - then Mamma remembered that she had forgotten to take one of us to interpret. After seating themselves on one of the sills, she looked towards the little lake and asked in Portuguese, if it were not beautiful. There was nothing else she could think of to open a conversation. To this, Carlos replied, and then added a great deal more, only a portion of which Mamma understood. So, she became restless and proposed starting back to the house. They arose and returned, then gathered up a crowd, continuing their stroll; part time towards the Farinha house and the rest of us carried on the conversation. Came back and seated ourselves on the beach to wait for the coming of the canoes.

39.  Moving the Roupa House.

Nov. 5th.  

We have found a tree loaded down with ripe fruit like large cherries. The children climbed the tree and threw down quantities. They are delicious and we are not afraid to eat them for Josephine tells us they are good. The name is “Gromeshama”. Our new found fruit makes delightful pies and all think they are better than plums or cherries.

The water has risen beyond our Roupa house. And this morning, Mr. Fahay and Mr. Spencer took it down carried it over to a high bank on the little lake, making a better shelter with the same poles and palmetto Roofing.

This evening. Father shot some parrots. One was slightly wounded, which we caged. We have saved the feathers of the one that was killed. It seems a pity to shoot them for we do not like to eat them. They have a strange wild taste, even if first parboiled.

6th.

We have been to see our new Roupa or wash house and are charmed with it. It is so strong and well built. Trees, thickly grown, interlaced with vines grow around it, making the place entirely private. So we can use it for a dressing room when we go in bathing and the sloping sandy beach is right in front of the door. There are pole benches on which our tubs are placed and we have others for seats also. This shelter which will remain here, is only a short distance from the new house. How we wish it was finished and we had moved in. Why can't these comaradoes hurry?

7th.

This morning, we enjoyed the most delightful bath in Lake Janella using our life-preservers, as the water is deeper near the beach than it is in the large lake. We then went into our new shelter in the nest of trees, changed our bathing costumes, hung them on the bushes to dry and then talked of our enjoyments and concluded to forget our discomforts and lay up a new supply of patience in waiting for our new home.

We have heavy showers every day. The sun comes out and as the soil is sandy the walking is more pleasant, but we are having too much rain. The stream is much swollen and we have to keep log crossings to go from one side to the other. We are catching large quantities of fish in baskets and having a plenty of roe. The fish are mostly small.

9th.

Yesterday we had rain, today also. Chills are increasing. No other sickness that we hear of. We have been enjoying some fine Irish potatoes and onions we received from Rio, intended for planting, but we are eating part of them. We sometimes make cake and fruit doces, but very rarely. These things are indeed luxuries. We considered some small hominy quite a treat, which Mrs. Foster sent us, although made of the yellow corn.

10th.

Mr. and Mrs. Miller came and spent the day. They are keeping well on their high hill and are fast getting settled, in real comfort, in their new home. We sat on the beach tonight, in the moonlight, the change was pleasant - being no clouds – no rain fell today.

12th.

The children still have a chill, but they do not seem to be much sick. As soon as the fever is off, they go to play.     13th.  “The Father” took a boat-load of the children on Lakr Janella last night. We went across by moon-light – it is nearly clear every evening. The reflection of the trees in the water was beautiful. In looking at the back view of our house, we saw what seemed a new picture.

Now and then, a cloud obscured the brightness of the moon but even this we liked for when it came out again, the scene seemed lovelier than before. The surface of the lake was slightly ruffled. The drowsy hum of insects was heard and the oars made sweet music in the water - an occasional note from a night-bird - these were all the sounds that breathed upon the stillness of air.

14th, Wednesday.  

Today, took my first lesson in paddling and guiding a canoe.

We learned today through the gentleman that the Brazilians intended on inviting us to a grand entertainment on Christmas. There will be general festivities. If we have our picnic or one of the Americans give a dinner, we will not go down to Linhares.

18th.  

This morning, Capt. Johnson stopped on his way to Rio. He is going to bring back a number of negroes. Father is very anxious to go and is only ready to see us in his new house. He expects to send us back supplies and bring with him a new boat which will hold all our family. It will be a real sailboat. He will also bring window sashes for our house. The Comaradoes are again at work.

40.  The Monkey Council.

The following scrap from “The Mother’s” portfolio will show how the mind naturally turned after such digressions from the usual routine of life and how the scene of cooking a monkey affected those unaccustomed to such seeming barbarities.

One morning, while seated on a rustic beech under the shelter of our Roupa house, I found myself busy with a thousand fancies, listening to the songs of bright plumed birds that hopped from limb to limb, on trees close by - inhaling fragrant scents of flowers, gazing at snowy clouds and blue patches of sky that lay mirrored on the glassy lakes so near. It is not surprising, that in such a bower, imagination whirled off, in the vagaries of a dream and wood sprites darted out upon the lake, poling their way around these showy islands in tiny and grotesque boats, then leaping ashore, were lost in its fleecy whiteness by their own colorless robes but this little fairy scene was of short duration - no longer than one breath; for the momentary reverie was broken short, and I was brought back to the reality of life by a touch upon my shoulder - very light, and the tip end of a stem of palmetto grazed my cheek. Turning around, I beheld the queerest figure that had ever passed before my vision, but cannot now describe it, as my eagerness is too great to repeat what he said. His account was very peculiar and his voice a little harsh but he made me understand that if I would go with him to where the monkeys held their meetings, maybe I would learn something very important. He had lived with them and had learned their language and could act as my interpreter. I had often wished to understand their debates, which at this hour, every morning we so distinctly heard and I accepted the proposition.

They were just commanding their earnest arguments and we walked hurriedly, making our footsteps lighter as we approached their camp. My sensations were very peculiar, while watching these “kinsman of ours” seated around in the circle. Quite a number of them in the center, one standing erect on a stone, speaking and gesticulating with great earnestness. Another arose when this one seemed exhausted and was even more eloquent than the first, though with a weaker and more effeminate voice, Then - all stood up and made a simultaneous jabbering with fiendish grimaces and each one pointed in the direction of our house.

For one moment my senses were blurred and confused. In the next of severe truth broke upon me with a startling shock. Growing suddenly cold, my heart beating rapidly, I felt that I was fainting but my guide, whom I had forgotten, led me hurriedly off. Sprinkling something pungent and aromatic in my face, which instantly restored me.

Once out in the open air of clear woods away from this terrible scene, he said in his queer, harsh language so near English as to be understood. “I am a friend and have given you means to defend your family. These monkeys are enraged that the gentlemen of your tribe have killed the belle of their village while she sat on the bough of her favorite tree, eating her lunch of fruit and nuts. This is the second death from their fearful guns and they will not endure longer such atrocities. The murder of the lovely beloved Marzotina must be avenged and they are plotting against you. Can you not devise some plan by which we can appease their wrath? Can you not give, as a recompense. one of your own children. This has been suggested as the only arrangement of peace, which was the subject of the debate. “

Again, the coldness and faintness came over me. Deathly sick, with horror and apprehension, I found myself falling and gasping for breath, endeavored to scream, but my heart seemed to have grown as heavy as a mountain of lead and my arms hung powerless at my side. One faint utterance, at length, was made - I was awakened from a Darwinian night-mare, not in the Roupa house, but, (a shade before dawn) in the mud hut.

It is a happy state which usually follows suffering endured in sleep, but there came on – then, a train of waking reflections, not the most pleasant, but less painful than those of the torturing dream. Who knows but these were veritable facts. That these angry debates, have interpreted, had just such a meaning. So much like human beings with a language and customs of their own, with sympathy for each other. How natural that they should feel a just indignation at our cruelties. Shall we treat them as animals? No – no - Heaven never intended they should be eaten. We shall not turn ourselves into cannibals. We could not eat a monkey.

In considering the life of plants that breathe, enjoy and perhaps suffer, we often find ourselves wondering if we are not causing pain, while ruthlessly tearing from their stems some of the beautiful and fragrant flowers that delight our senses every day. But this thought comes in Kerala and is gone before we acknowledge to ourselves that plants have sensibility and souls like our own. They are no different from anything gross or earthly, we cannot give then feelings other than what the angels might have – wholly ethereal. They could not suffer. There is nothing in human beings resembling flowers, except that they live and die, and we cannot claim relationship with them. Animals and birds that we eat had their succession of trials and joys and many pleasures have been cut short by the gun of the sportsman yet man does not mourn at all of this cruelty, for God gave them to him for his own use. But we cannot help believing, from all we have observed theory that there is a link between our race and that of the monkey. When another one is served up on our table we will expect to be chained, imprisoned and perhaps garroted by the incensed tribe.

41.  Searching for Picnic Grounds.

Nov. 29th.

A party of us, “The Mother” included, paid a visit to Dr. Johnson last week. He invited us to spend the day. Capt. D. Yancey and Dr. Johnson rowed us over. We had a delightful trip around the point, the distance is a mile only by water. The morning air was cool and pleasant. We found the place very much like ours. The beach much same and a stream uniting the great lake in front with a little one behind - hills on each side. The house was large and high, though it had only one room. A double house, built for the Negroes which Capt. J. is going to bring from Rio, stands across the creek. Mandioca grows on the hills and everything bears the marks of improvement and the place is all new.

     The object of our visit was to select a place for a Christmas picnic. The gentleman took us in canoes around the little lake to look at various points. We found them all so beautiful we could not say which we liked best. This little lake is larger than ours and has five points extending from it like so many bays and coves. And looking down from the highest hill, it is said to be a perfect representation of an outspread hand. The largest and shortest bays making the thumb. We went up and down some of those fingers, got out of the canoe and walked about among the trees, which near the banks are of thinner growth. We rested ourselves in one of these cool spots and thought this place quite suitable, then returned to the canoes and went towards another bank, finding other places all equally attractive and cool and any one quite suitable for a picnic.  It seems strange to think of having one in the summer, on Christmas Day, I will continue this account of our visit another time.

30th. The immense trees, are, many of them, wrapped with great quantities of the sepoy. The vine itself sometimes growing to a great size, almost like the trunk of another tree. Parasites live on trees in such numbers as to seriously to injure them. Parties come from England and other countries to get them and sell them for large prices. They do not fade but remain boxed up, without losing their beauty. They look like beautiful wax plants, with most delicious colors - usually pink tipped with blue. They have no fragrance and are dry and brittle to the touch.

When we returned to the house, we had good appetites for our dinner, which was cooked by an Indian woman, and our table was – well, who could guess? The front door taken off its hinges and placed upon two trunks. We enjoyed this kind of hospitality, for it was a nice new door and quite large enough for the company around it.

Just after dinner, it grew dark with a coming cloud, pretty soon the raindrops began to fall on the palmetto above. It was pleasant to hear the sound on a new roof, which we knew would not break as ours did. We thought it would be only a shower, so we interested ourselves looking over Dr. Johnson's library and admired his bookcase very much. It was made entirely of poles with a table below for a writing desk, making it quite complete. the afternoon wore off, and it rained, rained, rained. We watched the falling drops with great anxiety as we were compelled to return home, even if it did not clear off.  it had set in, indefinitely, so we prepared to go, under umbrellas. The gentleman so carefully arranged their considerable overcoats and shawls around us, after we were seated that we did not get wet much. Of course, they had the full benefit of the rain as they rowed the boat, but did not seem to mind it and we enjoyed the trip back., only we felt sorry that they were not so comfortable as we were.

 

When we reached “Home” we were glad and I thought of an old saying my nurse often said –  “Home is home, even if it is a homely home.”  Ours was homely enough with its walls and floors of dirt, but true, kinds hearts were within, waiting to give us a welcome, who had in spite of the rain and dripping roof prepared us a supper. Hot tea and coffee tasted well after our damp ride. It stopped raining soon after we arrived. This we did not expect, and some blue sky came out, the landscape was all lovely once more, as the sun was not yet gone.

Dec. 8th.

To give an idea of the gratitude of our neighbors, we must tell that our father treated old Serafin through a spell of pneumonia, and when he was getting well, sent him eggnog every day until his strength returned. His bed was only a rush mat, which was placed on a bedstead made of rough boards, nailed together like a broad bench. His only covering a sheet and the nights are very cool. None of the natives were used quilts and blankets. They are queer people.

After this attention from my father, which he gave him without any hope or wish for return, he shot one of our pigs that went into his mandioca patch without trying to drive it out or give us time to get to it. When Sophie, his daughter, came over and said quite coolly. “Your pig is at our house. We have killed it. Go over and get it”. They did not seem to think there was anything wrong in what they had done. Next day we had fresh pork for our dinner.

42.  Christmas Dinner at Mr. Millers.

Dec. 26th.

The picnic was given up and yesterday we dined at Mr. Miller’s. The Americans looked very happy, seated around the well-filled tables with just such a dinner as one would have in the States. A large roast turkey, the first we have eaten since we came here was realized by the guests. Then we had a nice dessert and cakes and doces from the fruits of the country, pineapples, bananas, etc.

They are very comfortable in their new house, so cool and pleasant. They look settled now. The prospect is grand and beautiful from the hill and the lake seemed larger, as we can see further up than on our side. A rain came just as we thought of returning. It continued till so the ladies stayed all night. There were not so many at the dining as we expected as some could not go and several gentlemen went down to Linhares to the festivities. Dr. Dunn took dinner with Mama.

A very polite invitation, written by the Frenchman, Monsieur Prelontt, was sent to our family. The compliments of all the villagers were given, through him, and they brought a large canoe, all the way from the village to take us down. We felt very badly about refusing when they had taken so much trouble but we preferred dining with our American friends. Our Mother wrote a note expressing our thanks and regrets.

Some of these canoes are an immense size. We have seen one, belonging to Senor Rafael, wide enough for a man to lie in it crosswise and long in proportion. These canoes are all made of trees which are cut out and made hollow - called dugouts. They use no other boats.

This is my 15th birthday, but the first time it has come in midsummer.

Our house progresses slowly. A clean new palmetto roof is on and two rooms are now ready for daubing.

June 16th.

A good many gentlemen have gone to Rio de Janeiro. Father has at last gone. He went with Dr. Dunn. Some of our friends have just returned. Dr. Farley thinks he will soon have his mill in operation and we can have plank floors. And we will feel as if we were living. When our cook comes we expect to study and read more, but even with our other duties, we now have time to teach the children and they are improving.

Everything seems changed and sad since our Father is gone and the spirits of our Mother need cheering. She is suffering with inflammation of the eyes and has to wear a green shade over them to protect them from the glare of the white sand and the water. She thinks they are much better since they were cauterized but believe she would be cheerful if she could sew or read.

We feel this separation from Father more because we are in such an unsettled state and we cannot hear from him as we wish. The mails are so slow or rather so far apart. We are not yet in our new house but two rooms are nearly ready for us and we all agreed that we could stay within the little hut a few weeks longer.

Everything is changed. There is a strange dullness and stillness about everything, for we miss our dear Father’s voice and are constantly looking towards the new house, as though we could see him.

We are all listless. The hot, dry weather has come - the sun is scorching. The ground burns our feet through our shoes and the children cannot run on the sand for it blisters their feet. The vines and bushes are turning yellow. The sea breeze which rises after nine, saves us from baking. Our vegetables (the few that have come up), are killed with the heat. Corn crops have failed, and today an egg was found cooked by the sun.  Antone’s prediction may yet be true that our roof will blaze. The natives say there had never been a season like this before. But we are several hundred miles nearer the equator than in Rio de Janeiro, and we would expect some difference. There the climate scarcely changes through the year so we have been told.

Poor old Mr. Fahay is lying sick in the pretty little house which was intended for our kitchen and dining room. If it were not so far from our present home, we would have been using it. Mr. Spencer is having chills.

June 19th.

I am seated in front of the hut. The children have brought up their pitchers of water - a pleasant breeze is blowing and the sun is down. Have taken my journal to write a description of the Tournament we had in Linhares, in which Americans and Brazilians united. There is a heavy feeling in my head and I have no powers of description, so I must postpone until another time, an account of our pleasures.

43.  The Tournament.

Jan. 20th.

We went down to the village and were treated with great hospitality by Mr. Gunter's family where we stayed most of the time. Our American friends in the village were still all attentive. There were quite a number of visitors. The tournament came off at the appointed time. The riders looked splendidly. The victorious Knight was a Brazilian. He had the best horse and the best lance. We all knew the Americans rode just as well.

We were pleased to tell our mother on our return that one of her daughters had been crowned Queen. We enjoyed very much a walk to Lake Deavis, which is as peaceful as ever, with its humble homes around its borders. We had two dances, which all seemed to enjoy. The first at Senhor Calmou’s in his very pretty new house, just built and finished, in an ornamental style, painted white with a tiled roof. The second at Senhor Raphael's. Could think of many things to relate that were pleasant, but am to dull and stupid.

Old Mr. Fahay gets no better. We gave him all the eggs as he likes nothing but buttercakes, eggs and tea.

Feb. 9th.

Yesterday, Mr. Farley died. His body was taken down to Linhares last night. His death has cast a gloom over us. I feel so tired I cannot write more this evening.

Feb. 11th.

We walked over to the new home this afternoon. Could not bear to go by the new kitchen. The awe of death was over it.

2th.

Another scorching day is drawing to a close. The strong sea breeze is fanning the hot earth, cooling it and making waves on the water. The lake is ruffled from shore to shore and a boat I see near the opposite bank, is riding the breakers beautifully But, although the scene is all very lovely, nothing seems as bright these days, since the weather wilts and tires us so. Our energy is gone.

Our father had sent for a guitar for a musical sister, which arrived, with shoes and other useful articles, but the instrument is not a good one and we are disappointed. But the shoes are excellent.

Feb. 14th.

Saint Valentine's Day. Also, one of the family birthdays says Special. No special way to commemorate it as we are gloomy; for we are yet in the miserable hut and have not yet the hope of having more than two rooms of the new house. These workers are the slowest and laziest on the lake, I know, and are always making promises.

Mr. Miller’s builders went right ahead with their work and did not stop until they had finished his house. We are sick with impatience - tired in body and spirit. Will copy in my journal a few words I wrote on my return from Linhares, feeling real pleasure as we entered the lake and turned homeward.

Oh! Lake Juparanah -  once more 

Thy blue waves dance into the light,

Again upon the sanded shore 

Thy waters dash, with gentle night.

The evening breezes fan my cheek. 

They kiss my brow o’er and o’er.

I feel if I heard them speak.

That I am welcomed back once more

How different are my thoughts now, from then, when my heart was full of thankful, joyful feelings and I really loved this beautiful sheet of water. Now, much of the charm has gone. The languor we feel has taken away my enthusiasm. We so much need a few heavy rains.

We still have our sea breezes and cool nights and for this God be praised. We cannot be well or we cannot be too weak to take pleasure in anything.

We must here add a word to this page of the diary - about the peculiarity of the climate. Even then, when the sun's rays and long drought had parched the earth, withered the vines and even cooked an egg upon the ground, we were quite comfortable inside of a hut or beneath the shade of a tree. It was always delightful under the Palmetto roof of the new house. As soon as the sun went down, we were sufficiently cool, always drawing a sheet and spread, sometimes a quilt over us at night.

A cottage built after the American or English style with verandas, would be, on the banks of Lake Juparana, a home of great comfort for even in the huts with no shade around them we never suffered from the heat; such is the influence of the wondrous breeze. The Brazilians always cut down the forest trees, leaving the ground perfectly clear of every shrub, for at least twenty yards in front and behind. They are afraid the trees might fall on their houses and yet we found that wind storms were a very rare occurrence.

If the Americans had remained in the area there would have been homes of great beauty around that lovely sheet of water and they will have had landscaped properties with fruit and forest trees. Arbors enwrapped with fragrant vines and flowers of native growth would have been their evening retreat and our settlement would have been a little Paradise. But “Man proposes and God disposes.”

The Rio Doce Colony was located nearly the four degrees north of Rio de Janeiro, being that much nearer the equator, the heat is more sensibly felt. Yet, we had reason to believe, from various statements of the natives that this was a remarkable season and we say now (after a return to this country) that no climate can compare with that of Brazil for uniformity and pleasantness throughout the year.

44.  Dark Days – The Fever.

Now, comes on a lapse in the family journals. The Book of Records in which these pages were copied was laid on the shelf the evening these last notes were written, and the hands that were placed there on the following day were burning with fever. That dear head was throbbing with pain, which had felt dullness and stupor, by degrees coming on. There was something in her eyes which told us she would be very sick and our fears were not groundless. The anguish of “The Mother's” heart, while watching by that bed none could know - the anxiety - the dreadful fear of calamities ahead - The darkest suspense came on like a sweeping storm, that had been preceded by stifling, sultry hours. The weary days, just passed, of stillness and grief were ominous of what was to come.

All had now left her Home - Home - could we call it by such an endearing name, when our shelter was a hovel? Yes! It was all the home we had in that great body of land - it was ours - loving ones were clustered together, with a great joy, in common, of being near each other and one great sorrow, that the dearest and strongest was away.

For five days and nights the poor sufferer passed through different phases of delirium without sleep. Our physician kept her head cool by pouring water upon it and constantly fanning the wet towels. We were far out of the way of such a luxury as ice and he did not permit the thing to cease. With Dr. Johnson's skill and constant care and Miss Anna Miller’s kind assistance in nursing, the crisis passed and our joy was great beyond utterance to know she was at last better.

After the state of convalescence came on, we could recall many things which were amusing – but at the time painful. One afternoon, while we were sitting by our daughter's cot, which was placed directly in front of the door, she explained “Oh! There is a ginger cake”. We were not surprised, living as plainly as we did, that her fancy should have brought before her, even a ginger cake, without the appetite to eat it. “It is a ginger cake” she exclaimed.

On our telling her she was mistaken, she answered, positively – “But, I am not. It is a ginger cake!” and she pointed to a square piece of board which covered the earthen water cooler. We held it before her – then made her touch it - but she could not be convinced. In the sudden changes of delirium, her mind had cleared of this idea and this delusion was forgotten.

At times, she would imagine she heard dear Father speaking. Once she explained. “I know it is his voice. why didn't he come in?” When we told her she was mistaken, that he was not here, she answered, “Mama, I know his voice too well”. “Did your Mother ever deceive you?“  I asked “Did I ever deceive you?“ She replied with great emphasis. “Ah!” Those were dark days, but we can look back upon them now, without sorrow - even when we think of this pitiable condition in which we were placed, with entire absence of comfort for the sick.

In order to keep the mosquitoes out and still admit the breezes, we tucked the breadth of mosquitoe bar all around the door sills, leaving the door open day and night. We came in and went out through the only window, which was opposite and so small, It was troublesome to get through. The children were put to bed in as quiet a manner as possible and if little George cried after going to sleep, as he sometimes did, from mosquitoe bites, his sisters took him up immediately, carried him to the beach, sitting in the starlight until he was asleep again. Thus, passed that wearing and anxious week. Miss Anna remained a constant and devoted nurse.

One afternoon some of us went down towards the beach with some clothes to wash. The Seraphim family were sick and weak and we could not hire them to do anything and had no other resort than to make an effort, ourselves.

When we reached the deepest sand, I sank down to my knees. The attempt to walk through its depths made me feel a sudden inability to move further on. And, in my weakness the fountain of dried-up tears gushed forth. The arms of a sympathizing child were thrown around my neck, who shared “the mother's” grief and would have spared her all care. But, this was a mutual sorrow. The fear of losing, by death, one so very dear to us, to be buried in a land almost of barbarism, came terribly to our minds. Twas well, the spirit for a while, gave way. We needed this outburst from the aching heart.

We took up the clothes and began to pour water upon them, when a canoe darted around the point. In a few moments, Capt. Johnson alighted. “A friend in need”. He came; to tell us he would send us a servant to cook and wash for us, as his negroes had arrived from Rio. The woman was capable of doing any kind of work. This was welcome news and we thanked him most sincerely. We were in a fit mood for the deepest gratitude.

After that, we had meals cooked and clothes washed by an able negress. We were greatly relieved, as everyone became a daily worker and more energized.

The death of Mr. Fahy, which had been mentioned in the journals, shocked us very much, although we learned from our physician he could not recover but he did not think he would die so soon. The poor old man had received an injury on his leg from a shell during the war and was nearly cured when he went to Brazil but had for the past few months, suffered from renewed inflammation. This was the real cause of his illness. Inactivity and indifference to the greatest rules of health had at last caused the fever and then death.

Mr. Spencer was very feeble, taking quinine to break chills at the time; but, he said he would go immediately after assistance from our neighbors, if someone could watch the body. Perhaps we all turned pale at this point, if not, we felt so, but “The Mother” should not go alone and any one of the number would have accompanied her. One only was sufficient.

The memory of the picture we made in misery as we eat in gloom, under the shelter of the new house, (one half open at the sides, like a large piazza), We had taken for a bench, one of the large sills near the center. About ten or fifteen feet from the corner of the building was our beautiful kitchen, (which we had hoped to be using before this) was now the abode of death.

45.  The Watch.

Its dread, grim presence was there and we would not enter. There was something too awful in the thought. We remained seated - listening and watching that nothing should come and harm the dead. The lonely hills, inhabited by wild animals, which rose on the slopes on each side, were very near. Beasts of prey might become conscious of what was below and seek to enter the house. We thought of all this and remained there - looking toward the door and waiting for the return of the canoes - the lake grew rough and the sun went down and still no one appeared - we could not account for this, as the distance around the point was so little. There was some detention, we were sure. We called to some of the children and when they came, we sent them to ask old Senorena or one of her daughters to stay with us. The scene was very solemn and we were growing lonely and filled with awe. After a while Josephine and her mother came. They looked in, upon the body, and then suggsted that we should make a blaze under the shelter to brighten the place. We agreed and they gathered together chips and sticks which were lying plentifully around and built a fire. Then came old Seraphim and he too walked into the room, speaking in jesting tones to the poor man, lying dead – “send for candles”, he said. It was not yet quite dark, but we sent for them and he lighted up the house. Cold chills ran over us, to hear him laughing and talking so carelessly at such a time. This was something novel and awful - watching the dead and in such company. We were such relieved, after a while, by the coming of two canoes.

Dr. Johnson and Capt. Yancey came, bringing several negro men. The Lake was so rough, they came near to being swamped and had to go back till the breeze lessened and the water grew. When they came to our shelter, we returned to the hut and the gentleman then superintended the last attention to the poor old man. Everything was properly done and before the day his remains were on the way to the village where they were interred the following afternoon. A gloom was cast over us by this event which we could not throw off. We did not like to look towards our kitchen for, although without superstition, we too felt the awe of death was over it. We have sometimes thought that the mysterious dread of such events is increased by the solemnities of funeral rites and believed “The pomp of death   Is far more terrible than death itself.”

 But here had died a poor sufferer without relatives, who did not wish to live. His life, from months of pain, had become a burden. His hearse with black and nodding plumes had come to bear his remains to the grave, no train of carriages followed behind with mourning friends. The only road upon which to travel was the water of the lake and river, the only vehicle to carry him away was a canoe and by the light of a cold oil-light he was placed in the rough hearse.

Nursery fears of darkness, ghosts and goblins had never been childhood troubles, but there was something in the remembrance of that evening under that raw house shelter and the night that followed which made us shiver. So, it was not the “pomp of death” that brought these terrors, but rather the entire absence of ceremonies. We would do no better and yet felt that it resembled barbarism.

It was with much difficulty that a coffin could be made as boards were scarce and the only method of making them was with a whip saw.

In one week from this time came the sickness in our own family which had been already described, and the new grief and anxiety made us forget the scenes preceding. Every feeling was then immersed in one. But, God heeded our prayers and in the fullness of our joy we tried to praise Him. He had “heard us in the day of trouble”.

One after another was stricken with fever but these cases were all less severe – still, in our watches, the great anxiety, the fear of coming trouble pressed heavily upon us. “The Father” was still away and the difficulties attending the bearing of mails seemed to have grown worse and we could not hear from each other. This anxiety made our other troubles greater. Provisions were growing scarce and our living was very hard. But the poor fare would not have troubled us as much had not the invalids needed suitable food, which was nowhere in reach. Wild animals were destroying our poultry at night, they entered a strongly made new dirt daubed house with good door. They found their way through the palmetto roof breaking the leaves and stems apart. Sometimes a mink would cut the throats of the ducks and chickens and then run off. We would then cook and eat them. About the time our poultry was most needed we had none and our friends tried to get young chickens for us. Capt. J. succeeded after going to every house on the Lake and, for good soup, the invalids were sometimes indebted to him. All the gentlemen were having chills and becoming discouraged.

At last, we were told that two rooms of our house were ready.

46.  Going Into the New House.

The floors had not been finished as only one layer of beaten earth had been put down. But we concluded to move over. It was the second week in March. One of the twins was sick. Mr. Spenser carried her over in his arms and put her in the bed that had been prepared. Some of us remained forwarding and others went over to receive. Four comaradoes came to move the stove, which they expected to lift on poles. We told them the stove was not so very heavy and that such great strength was not necessary, and they could carry it in their hands, but they thought, being iron, it must require great exertion to move it. So, they put the poles under-neath, two men on each side, raised themselves from their knees and the stove flew up so high and it turned upside down and fell to the ground, breaking off two doors. It was thus seriously damaged by the stupid natives who could not understand that a hundred pounds of iron was not heavier than the same number of wood. But we did not have time to lament and we carried on with our moving and by night were in our new home – at last. We looked high up to our new, clean, palmetto roof with great thankfulness. The mosquitoes had ensconced themselves in the house and we were terribly bitten., so we did not rest in our new rooms but still were glad to be there. There were no windows or shutters and doors. We fastened heavy, rush mats, from the top of the frames, which we rolled up, halfway in the day and they looked very pretty and kept the house cool. We hung up and rearranged our bars the next day and we all slept better that night.

One of the last terrors in the old hut was caused by the appearance of the tarantula, on the walls. This venomous spider was killed not far from the head of one of the beds. We saved it for exhibition and it was the veritable Tarantula. A few nights after, another was killed on the wall. We found spiders, already, in our new house – so, we knew we could not avoid having their visits, occasionally.

Every day we became a little better settled without doing anything toward real improvement. We could make our sick more comfortable with airy bedrooms and plenty of space. We wondered every day how we could have existed for nearly six months in the horrible, little, smoke roofed hut. We rejoiced that we had the use of even a portion of the new house. The kitchen which we then used, was large enough for a dining room also, and we made a new table, by putting a nice top (made of boards nailed together with strips underneath) on two barrels. It was quite level, and with the cloth spread and the dishes on it, looked comfortable. The stove doors had to be kept shut with sticks, leaned against them while we were baking. There was no blacksmith near and we were much annoyed whenever we cooked a meal.

47.  House Daubing and New Privations.

Our kitchen is only a few yards from the house at a right angle and could be seen from the front yard. Mr. Spencer's room, which was exactly like it, was on the left at the same distance from our house. This also was seen from the beach and the three buildings symmetrically arranged with new palmetto roofs, made a pretty picture with so much green for a background. The daubing of Mr. Spencer's house was done soon after we went over, but he had been sleeping in it for some time before. The natives daubed it and they brought their wives with them and they brought their children. The women carried the mud on the hillside, about fifty yards, with an infant on one arm, and the other supporting a wooden bowl full of wet clay, which rested on the head, They, thus, assisted their husbands. Although these people were so slow about building, they were very energetic in the finishing process.

Mr. Spencer has been growing daily more feeble. He was only able to walk about, a few days after our move, and fever had gained possession of his weary frame. He was no longer able, with his ever willing spirit, to go on errands for our comfort. He had been faithful and devoted to us and often had worked or rowed the canoe when not well enough. For this reason, the sickness came to be a very severe one. Quinine had been scarce when it was necessary and he should have been in bed many days before he was compelled to lie down. Our friends gave him all the assistance they could. During the last week our physician thought he would die and at that time there were several others sick in bed. God sustained “The Mother” at this dark period and she was enabled to nurse the others in the family without being stricken with fever. Day after day - night after night - she passed from one bed to the other and though her cheek grew paler. Her time had not yet come.

Cheering letters had come from “The Father”, who had not heard of the sickness and trials of the dear ones at home. How dreadfully slow were the mail communications. His mind was full of his approaching return and the comfort he was going to add to the dear, delightful, “home on the Lake”. Already he had sent back on the schooner, on which he went, a large lot of provisions which he believed we were enjoying. The elegant new sailboat was also on its way, and he would bring with him the window sashes for our new house. Cast nets, traps for game and more new fruit trees and best of all, he had bought for us a cook. How filled with joyful hope was that letter, addressed to the dear family, then so very sick and troubled, But our hearts were made thankful that he was well and we believed he was preparing to return to us.

The provisions mentioned in the letter were placed on the sand bar from Oliveira’s schooner, and there they remained as the natives were generally sick - Mr. Spencer nearly dead and very few Americans able to row even a small canoe, as nearly all were disabled with chills and fever. So our bags of rice and beans, barrels of sugar and flour stayed on the damp beach, daily moistened by the tide then heated by the sun. While we would have given piles of gold if we had had it, to have those provisions brought to us, we still had coffee, could get fresh farinha every few days. Only once we fail to buy it and substituted mandioca roots. We had no bacon - no flour, as we used the last very sparingly, making battercakes for the invalids - no fajeca and no sugar. We had been buying a common article, very dark and not clean, which was made in the neighborhood but even that could not be obtained anywhere. The Calmou gentlemen made excellent sugar and had furnished the Americans for several months, but the demand was too great for their supply and now, all, who were without, would be compelled to wait till they could receive supplies from Rio. Many of our friends were like us, waiting to find some one to send to the bar. We had nothing to eat. except for farinha and carne-secca, which was partially spoiled and smelled like sulfur and nothing to drink but coffee without milk or sugar.

We had long since ceased to think of the first named luxury, but to be without sugar was indeed dreadful. We did not relish the farinha, as it needed the addition of beans, cooked with bacon or else a gravy from the stewed dry beef, or carne-secca. We swallowed the farinha only to keep us alive and drank the coffee to keep off a headache. The sick did not care for food, but as the fever would leave them, their appetites came and nature’s requirements could not be given to the weak and hungry. It was hard but we remembered the privations of our poor soldiers and knew that ours could not have been greater. One or two of the hens were left, and occasionally we found an egg, which was boiled, after deliberation, for the one who needed it the most. This one we knew was Mr. Spencer, who had been so long, faithful and untiring, and his strength gradually returned - so came his appetite - and every fresh egg was given to him. When he was once more able to walk a little, he was partially blind and looked so pale and weak we realized fully how very ill he had been.

We were much rejoiced one day obtaining some sugar which our kind neighbors, the Johnson brothers had procured for us. I know they had trouble in getting it. The article was very poor, but we were very, very thankful to have it once more. On the next day, Mr. Miller sent us some fejoes or beans.

This state of things continued, if we remember rightly, about a week when our last ducks had their throats cut by the minks. On that day, Capt. Yancey brought over half of his corn crop for our dinner. Never were people so grateful as we. Someone had succeeded in finding for us a piece of bacon or toucinha as it is called - and we made a good farinha dressing for our ducks. We really enjoyed our meal and nearly all were able to sit at the table. Sam Kerr was visiting us. He was not feeling well and we sent him a nice plate full in Mr. Spencer's room where he was laying down. He had fever and could not eat anything. Poor Sam - that was the beginning of a fearful sickness for him. He was better in the afternoon and rowed himself over to Mr. Miller’s, in a tiny little canoe, which had a sail of miniature size, which one of our girls had made for him. We tried to dissuade him from going but he said he felt quite well enough. We remember his capsizing and how nearly he had been drowned in the same little boat when the Lake was rough only a short while before and we watched him till we saw that he was safely over. His fever had not left him as he had thought. On the next day It had greatly increased and for many days he was in a state of delirium. Mr. and Mrs. Miller nursed him faithfully and tenderly, at length he became so very ill, the Physician felt sure he could not live and one of the gentlemen went to the village and had some planks sawed for his coffee, knowing that, after his death, it would be too late to order them. Contrary to expectations of all, he recovered.

48.  Returning Health.

There was something remarkable in the atmosphere around us. It was beyond our comprehension, that, in spite of our hardships and privations, the invalids were fast gaining strength. Chills still lingered - sometimes three or four would be lying down and the next day up and able to eat something nice, if they only had it. We wondered if it was the sea breeze and bathing. Surely, it was not from our delicate diet. Yet, roses were returning to some of the faces. Not all, for some were still very pale and thin. Mr. Spencer was gradually gaining strength and his sight almost restored.

We had thought, that, perhaps it were wiser if all these distresses had remained untold. They may add very little interest, if it has been awakened, of our details. Some might censure us for making public family trials - but we believe most truly, that God permitted us to live, unharmed, through all this season of sickness and trial, not alone for our individual good but that there might be some benefited by our experience.

Through the advice of friends who believed we would prosper as we tried pioneer life and found ourselves unfitted for the scenes encountered, we were enabled to bear our sufferings and privations far better than we would have expected but He who saved us through these knows we will not willingly endure them all again. If then, by these published pages, others, unfitted should be prevented from trying a rough life in a new country, we will feel that a mission was performed in acting as explorers.

The character of our food and the general disarrangement of our systems produced some troublesome sequences, and a judicious dietary regime was required to bring us right again. We were quite conscious of this and lamenting the impossibility, when a canoe landed at the beach, bringing some of our wishful provisions. Mr. Miller had sent to the bar for his and put in his boat all that he could bring of ours. There was not room for the barrels but the sacks of rice, fajece and a package of bacon, a box of soup and a few other articles came and we rejoiced most heartily. Now, we could afford to wait quite patiently for our flour and sugar, as the little we had of the last named luxury would be made to lengthen out for some time. Much of the rice was badly damaged, but we separated the good from the bad.

How changed, was our life in the lake, from the pleasant sociability of the first six months, when health and hope made every day delightful. The gentleman, who occasionally had chills were dispirited and unenergized. The negroes were never able, more than half at a time, to be at their work, and those who had begun their clearing and planting in such good earnest were now discouraged. Crops had failed from the unusual drought. Nothing seemed open for a future in our beautiful new settlement. Everything around was quite as lovely as when our eyes were first gladdened by the scenery – but man cannot exist on the beauties of nature, however much it may add to the pleasures of life.

49.  New Terrors.

Snakes were seldom seen, contrary to our expectations. The gentlemen often spoke of his rarity, as, in the tropics they supposed reptiles would be abundant.

One morning, Reb saw a very small snake under the shelter, which he thought was a pretty plaything and took it by the tail. Seeing what he had done, we called to him instantly to drop it - but it was too late. The little snake had thrown its head around and stuck his fangs in his thumb. Mr. Spencer killed the snake and we bound moistened tobacco to the wound. Two very small punctures were seen, but we did not know how much poison might have been introduced and we were much alarmed.  - gave the little fellow a drink of cachasa and he became so intoxicated that he could not stand. Then - we began to feel uneasy - fearing we had given him too much. He laughed and tumbled around and finally went to sleep.

We frequently unbound the thumb and found it did not swell and become inflamed and after a few hours it was quite evident that no harm whatever had come from the bite of the snake. But it was an incident and the subject of conversation with the children for several days.

Another experience occurred, bringing an item of variety in our life, which at that time was quite monotonous. Mr. Spencer, being still weak, retired very early, but was strong enough to act as protector once more. However, we were quite fearless of dangers and never imagined such possibilities as wild beasts coming to our house as they could have done. Had they come there was only a rush mat hanging to our door and they could easily have walked in. Still, we had accustomed ourselves to believe they would only leave their den to devour our poultry and this mode of depredation they certainly understood.

Our last turkey was carried off one night and only some of its feathers were left.  We heard the Tiger when he made the leap after we discovered the noise of distress from the turkey. The poor, lonely gobbler had sat for his roosting place, a large goods box which was outside the kitchen window on the side nearest the little lake. It was afraid to sleep in the chicken house, we suppose, and there, so very near to us, it met its unhappy fate. One after another the favorite hens and chickens were destroyed as well as the ducks which were first sacrificed. No wonder the ardor of the young people abated, who had enjoyed real pleasure in their fine prospects of a large poultry yard. No fowl house we could build, of the materials within reach, could prevent the entrance interest of these dreadful poultry thieves.

We are forgetting the incident to which we alluded, that interrupted our usually uneventful evening. Anna, the servant, who was there cooking and washing for us, had gone home in the afternoon and did not return until late. We had only a little water and as we did not like to pass the night with such a limited supply and were unwilling to send Anna alone, we agreed to go down to the little lake with her.  Taking a candle, she marched in front with a meringo in hand. Each of us took a pitcher, following behind, in Indian file.

The stars were shining above, but the forest covered hills rose like black walls around us and we could distinguish no object but the leaves and twigs of bushes on each side of the narrow path.

At length, we reached the sloping sand beach. The water, smooth and dark, lay before us. Nothing was left to be done but stoop and fill our pitchers. But, just at that moment, simultaneously our olfactory senses perceived a singular odor, which was different from anything we had ever smelled before, and very powerful.

As if by an electric movement, the instant we breathed this musky atmosphere, we turned and without dipping a drop of water, rushed in a body, back to the house, without uttering a word.

Mr. Spencer was waked by such a rush of feet, as every one of us had gone down, and he came to his window to inquire what was the matter. His house being opposite the kitchen and as our footsteps were heard in running up the hill, he must have imagined confused things - but, we soon told him nothing had harmed us and that a strange smell had given us this fright. He consoled us by telling us it was probably an alligator or sea hog.

Now, if our beautiful lake had been inhabited by the cayman, the immense alligators, which swallow horses and riders at a meal, there would have been more danger than pleasure in these sheets of water. But all the alligators that had been seen were not of great size – eight or ten feet, perhaps in length. Yet, these would have been sufficiently dreadful had they come near to us. While bathing, we never feared anything of the kind at the time as the water is shallow near the beach, growing deeper very gradually and the sand so white every object could be seen; just the same as on the sea-coast.

We sometimes saw an Anta, rushing from the forest down the steep hill side into the great lake. This is a large animal of buff color and though not amphibious, seems fond of the water. It is supposed, by some, to be flying from the pursuit of some animal when it plunges in the water, swimming out to a place of safety. We did not see them more than once or twice.

We felt quite secure when again under our shelter (or veranda), as we chose to call it. We always kept the fire burning at night to make the place more cheerful and with the belief, also, that wild animals never come very near home lights, except for poultry. We were prone to believe they would have taken a chicken from within our roof, without noticing the inmates of the house, if they had found one inside and nowhere else.

Suspense.

A voice of genuine joy was very to explain one afternoon. “I am so glad. So glad. Pa is coming.”

The dear child was running almost breathlessly towards us and we met, in the front walk that leads to the beach.   We saw the figure of a gentleman coming on behind, but we could see at a glance it was not “The Father”, but we welcomed, nevertheless, the refined and pleasant face of Dr. Johnson, who advanced and finished the sentence, to the many now listening, but to “The Mother” in particular. “Two gentlemen were not put off at the bar, yesterday from the steamer - so Mr. Gunter tells us. They were supposed to be your husband and his brother, as they are expected, and both were recognized as Americans.

Oh!, this was welcome news -  Nothing was then of our ills. We were all very, very happy. The invalids, who were fast Improving grew brighter and stronger at this intelligence, and we felt, as we had not, for a long time, that we possessed a home. We would make it as pleasant as possible for the coming of the dear ones. We looked for them with certainty the third day after the message came, for, with the slowest poling, the trip to Linhares, upstream, was two days unless the canoes were loaded. This would probably be the case as Joanna, our cook, would be along with her baggage, and the provisions still at the bar would be brought up, we were quite sure. Sickness among the natives had abated, so they could obtain Comaradoes to pole the boat.

Days passed by -two – three – four – five. Every moment of each day hung heavily after the third was gone. Our hearts were aching with suspense. Our friends came up every day or two from Linhares, but none could bring us any news, or explain the mystery of the two Americans who were said to have landed from the steamer on the bar.

 

There were numerous conjectures as to why they did not arrive if they had landed at the bar. Some thought it was all a mistake, that it might have been two Brazilians who had come ashore and gone to their homes near the mouth of the river - but the natives, who brought the intelligence, said they were recognized (from where they saw them) as Americans. We only waited and the hours and days seemed longer to us than to anyone else, for our imaginations magnified every possible harm that might have happened to them.

After our dreary suppers were over, all the family, each evening, walked down to the beach and under the light of the pitying heavens and by the murmur of the moving waters, we sent our griefs and complaints to God. “Why? Why hast thou forsaken us?” We said - in bitterness of soul. Why are we here and thus tried?”

The lashing waves beat cold replies and the mute stare shone mockingly upon us. Only the whip-poor-will seemed to join in sympathy with the sad and burdened souls, that were bearing so quietly their sorrow.

Once more we went down - once more and once more. The grief grew deeper. There were no words that could tell to each other how much anxiety we bore.

The waters again made dirgeful music to which we listened. The crescent moon appeared above the highest hill, with a brilliant planet near its lowest point. In times past, these nightly pictures were very beautiful, but now all was dark, dreary and hopeless.

With our hands held behind our ears - our elbows on our knees, we remained seated for hours on the sand - listening for the dipping of oars. At times we would start toward our feet, believing a canoe was near - some other sound had deceived our ears. Occasionally, one appeared - our hearts beat wild with expectation and the figure of only a native would pass before us as the boat glided by.

For two, long dreadful weeks, we continued this watching and waiting and often in hours, long past midnight, we would find ourselves seated on the front door sill, looking towards the water and listening for canoes. While the night birds sang their accustomed songs and crickets chirped their shrill and mocking notes, a louder sound at times broke the monotony of these and had we not known so well its meaning, might have been filled with terror. Crashing – rumbling – breaking – crashing again. Reports, like the continued echoes of guns – rumbling, breaking, crashing again. These noises were produced by the falling of one tree in the forest, which, as it fell, brought down other trees, so thickly growing, is the “impenetrable jungle” on the hills.

All this, in the heavy hours of night, came solemnly, dismally to our ears, but nothing like the this made us tremble or shiver. We had grown accustomed to all sounds of the wild woods, and our thoughts were wholly and entirely with the absent.

God was with us still - in the midst of this agonizing suspense, or reason would have been unthroned. Mind was verging very near that chaotic gulf, and we sometimes think would have gone down, if another day of such intense anxiety had followed.

50.  The Return.

God be praised, that, ere it came, our sorrow was turned into joy and the frozen tears which had chilled our hearts unto despair were melted. The glow of happiness within overspread the household could never have been equaled. The absent ones returned. We had our arms around them and felt it was not a dream but a glad reality.

They had come from Rio, not on the steamer as was supposed, but on Oliviera’s schooner, and headwinds had kept them out thirteen days. Messrs. Freligh, Wharton and Seymour came with them to visit the lake and the country above.

Our cook, Joanna, had arrived, our barrels of sugar and flour came also. The sugar was the finest quality, and we made some mandioca doce for dinner. How we did enjoy the preparation of meals. Joanna was installed and we found she knew how to cook and was very neat. Before many days had passed, she became sick with the fever and we nursed her for about a week. We feared she would die, but the wonderful air at the Doce, which could both make sick and cure restored her and she was soon quite well again.

This was said to be an unprecedented season. Hot, dry weather following months of rain. The waters which usually receded gradually during the space of nine months with gentle summer rains constantly falling, had rapidly gone back, leaving the streams now lately swollen, entirely dry. This might never occur again, but the Americans were nearly all discouraged and making preparations to leave the Doce. Those who had brought negroes for farming were most anxious to leave, and they were having chills and generally disabled. This was a sad disappointment to those colonists who had in the first days of the settlement been so encouraged by their prospects and increase. Some of Mr. Roussell's negroes died. His plantation or fazenda was on the river.

Our friends in the village did not escape. Mr. Gunter and Maj. McIntyre’s family had sickness. All the Brazilians too. And yet, there were no deaths from fevers among the Americans. Those who died were not made sick from Miasma – perhaps, If the colony had not broken up and these same causes had never returned, our settlement might have become just what we, at first, hoped and expected. But very few felt willing to remain and run the risk.

In our family, there was only one who grieved at giving up the Doce. “The Father” who was most bitterly disappointed. He had made a beginning for his home and in another year would have had many comforts. All his hopes were visions of a coffee fazenda – orchards of fruit etc., were gone and his only alternative now was to remove us at once to Rio and practice his profession, as his young partner was already well established and gaining the confidence of the Brazilians.

During the period of our stay on the lake, we enjoyed trips on the water in the beautiful little sailboat which was the only one in the country, not a dugout or canoe. It distressed us to think of giving this up. The girls now had an opportunity to visit in comfortable style. They went to see their friends who lived at the greatest distance - knowing they had a boat which could bear them safely over the waves when the lake was mighty rough. They enjoyed very much their visits to Alabamians and others. They said it seemed a pity to have the colony broken up when some were so comfortable. Dr. and Mrs. Farley were still as much in love with the lake as ever. Sickness in their family had not yet come – though, it did after a while. Dr. Farley and Mr. Miller intended to stay, though no one wondered, as they had been so much blessed.

51.  Last Visit to Mrs. Miller.

Mr. M. had only had chills in his family now and then, But before six months, they too had become worn out, disappointed from sickness and failures in their plans and then abandoned, the Doce. Dr. Farley’s mill was never put in operation.

One pleasant morning it was agreed that “The Father and Mother” should cross the lake on a visit to Mr. and Mrs. Miller. Ma found on that beautiful location, such evidence of industry and energy as wonderful. Only nine months of labor and they had a home with every comfort around them. It is true the floors were of earth, but the house was very pleasant and full, the yard well beaten and smooth as if they were old settlers.

The prospect from their doors were grand and must have been a daily joy. Mandioca was in a flourishing condition. Drought had no effect upon this growth and everyone raises it abundantly. It requires no trouble – a dry stick, cut from the bush, laid lengthwise slantingly comes up a flourishing bush, and at six months the roots are ready to be ground into farinha. The easy manner of cultivating this valuable root is a great inducement to the natives to indulge their ease, knowing they need never be without an abundance of their “staff of life”.

Our housekeeping had become once more, a pleasure. Our kitchen and dining room - which were the same, wore a more cheerful aspect with good meals on the table, with happy smiling faces around it. We used our sugar extravagantly - making doces every day. We took great delight in again, having our light bread for which all enjoyed after being without so long.

But we did not love the place now - there were too many drawbacks. The bicho had become much worse during the dry weather and gave the children much trouble. Every night they had to bear the worry and pain of having them extracted.

Some believe that with great care and cleanliness, the bicho would not be troublesome, but this was a mistake, as the children who suffered most went much of the time in water, bathing or wading every day. The luxury of the baths we never denied ourselves when able to walk to the Lake.

The Bichos, generated in the clay on the hillside, but are too small to be seen until they get in the feet. There the children love to play. They called the place which had been dug out, for daubing, their cave.

We return once more to the old Journal, which was, during the last days on the Lake, very irregularly kept.

April 20th.

What a change in our lives and our feelings since Father has returned! And, how we have enjoyed this visit of our uncle! But we feel sorry to hear that he will leave soon. He is one of the disappointed, also. His bright dream in the house on the Doce are ended and all our plans of having his dear family as neighbors are gone.  He came just in time to find the Americans disheartened and nearly every one making ready to leave. If that steamer, promised by the government, had been given to us, the colony would not break up - they would try one more year. This is what the gentlemen say. We have not been treated well.

Mr. Gunter seems to have succeeded in his crop. His plantation or fazenda is on the river. He is a year ahead of all the other settlers and though he has had sickness too. He does not think the fever will return and he expects to remain. He has sent us some very fine water melons and Kershaws (a type of squash) and some of the finest sweet potatoes I have I ever seen. They are immense. Now, if all the Americans were as well fixed and had as many comforts as he has, it would be hard to leave. But we are going and I am glad of it. I long to see the great city of Rio again. How much pleasure is in store for us!

April 28.

We have been so very busy with our packing that I am always too tired in the evening to say anything to my journal. And yet, I do not want to neglect it. I might have added a great deal, but I shall have a new zeal when we make our move. I look forward with pleasure to our journey.

Dr. and Capt. Johnson and Ruland Freligh left a day or two since and our uncle went in company with them. We have been very sad since he left, for we fear we will never see him anymore; feeling quite sure that he is dissatisfied with this country. We still hope though, that he may find a place near Rio that he likes and return again with his family. We will be so happy then in that delightful city. I wish we were already there.

52.  Breaking Up a Colony.

 

May 8th.

Poor Little George has been so very sick. Had spasms all night and this afternoon, he is lying so still and pale - we are all very unhappy about him too, although he is much better, he still has fever. If we had been without chloroform, we felt he would have died.

10th.

Chills have not left us but they seem lighter. We have had a few little showers, but not rain enough to fall musically on our new roof. We are waiting for some very heavy drops which come so suddenly and cool the air so pleasantly. but it is not near so warm as it had been, and we do not suffer from heat in this house - having such delightful breezes day and night and being so far from the glaring white sand. George is getting well and we are all very glad.

If we had a house, built cottage style, with a veranda all around, we would think the climate perfect – we would always be cool.

May 14th,

Mrs. Miller’s family came over this morning and helped us. Mrs. M. and Miss Anna helped us sew all day. We are very busy making new dresses and clothes for the little boys. They feel very badly about our leaving the lake. We are sorry, indeed, to say “Good Bye” to such kind true friends as they have been. We think they will follow us after a while. It does seem a pity that such a pleasant colony should be broken up. Well! Such is life - full of joys and sorrows - kinships and separations. Hope is indeed our anchor, though we are looking forward to pleasure much greater than any we have enjoyed here and feeling almost sure we will be spared such trials. How delightful it be in anticipation of our journey! I love to travel. Wish the time starting had arrived.

Dear little George. His sickness has weakened him so much that he cannot yet walk and he was running about all day when he was well; often frightened us by running into the water and had to be constantly watched. Now we are here anxiously waiting to see him strong enough even to stand up by his chair.

May 21st.

At last, our little brother is able to walk about again and we are so thankful, as we had begun to fear his spine was weakened. How happy it makes us to see him all right once more. In a few days we think he will be able to run to the Lake. We are still very busy with our sewing, working all day and making ready for leaving.

June 15th.

Our arrangements are all made now for our journey to Rio. We are going on the same boats which brought us to the Doce. It makes a trip twice a month to Saint Matthew's on the coast above us and the government has ordered it to come inside the Doce Bar once more to take away all dissatisfied immigrants.

 

53.  Farewell Visits

We are paying farewell visits to our favorite haunts, in our forsaken home and enjoying our sailboat as much as we can. We really feel sorry to leave some of our pleasures “blessings always brighten as they take their flight.” We have had a very pleasant visit from Miss Hannah Gunter. She stopped with us, while her sister went on to spend a week with Mrs. Farley. We were all well, and she wondered that we could leave such a pleasant and beautiful home as it really is - even in its rude beginning. Every evening we sat under the shelter by the light of our fires and would talk and sometimes sing, till bed time.

Mr. Gunter has promised Father he would look after his family if he would leave us in the village until he could make enough to return to his home on the Lake. We believe he will do so and if we could agree to the separation, it might be wise - but none of us are willing - we do not want him ever to leave us again. Not even to make a fortune - we would rather be together and stay poor always.

Father has received a letter from Capt. Johnson from Rio, with full particulars about our trip, telling us how everything is arranged. The steamer will enter the bar about the 18th, and all families that wish to leave must be ready. He advises us to be there at least a day in advance.

He has kindly offered the use of his negroes to help us all the way if we need them. Mr. S. Miller is going to take charge of them on the trip. Dr. and Capt. Johnson will not return to the lake. All the young men are leaving – Maj. McIntyre’s family are to go - also Mr. Davis and others. The Steamer, which is to take us off, is compelled to come in the bar, on its upper passage on account of the tide - so we will have the pleasure of taking a trip to Saint Matthew's, which is some distance above the Doce coast. I think I may say farewell to my old journal, at least for several weeks, as I will not have time to write - but when I begin again, hope to have something more interesting to relate. Indeed, I know I shall. Will say farewell also to the beautiful Lake. We have had many hours of happiness on their peaceful borders. Dear little Janella!, we all love the forests that surround thee and cannot but feel sorry as we will never again see thy rich colors mirrored on the water. But we will bear thee away in memory - and all the pleasant scenes of our wild life, here will come back to us often, and after years.

54.  Leaving the Doce.

The last preparations for leaving our home on the Lake were made with energy and at length the morning came to bid good bye to the unfinished house, the hills and lakes. The adieu was not a sad one, for we were too much rejoiced that the wished for day was there and too much in earnest about getting off. Two canoes carried us to the village. We were very glad to pass out of the lake into the river, as the large canoes were so heavily loaded we were in danger of capsizing if the wind had risen. But the water remained smooth till we were safely out. Once more the narrow, crooked stream bore us along. The beautiful hills cast a heavy shadow over us and the air was cool and fresh. We felt assured it was the last time we would glide under those trees and we were not sorry. Our eager hearts now welcomed another change.

We passed the night at Col. Gunter's and were treated with great kindness - felt many regrets at telling the family good bye. In the morning our arrangements for traveling down the river were made more comfortable than we could have expected. Two canoes were lashed together, each covered with large brush mats to shelter us from the sun. We were not crowded and all agreed that this method of travel was delightful. Going downstream is so much faster and the breeze fanned us constantly. Before mid-day, a chill came on. A scorching fever and terrible headache ensued. By a little crowding, space was made for “The Mother” to lie down and willing hands bathed and fanned her hot temples. Singular that she alone escaped sickness on the Lake and there should have the first real chill. Late in the evening, the pain and fever had nearly abated.

That night we had very good accommodations at Provocca, about seven miles from the bar - Our only great discomfort was in being almost covered with caterpillars, while taking our supper outdoors. We prepared our own coffee and had brought a lunch expecting to camp out but were glad to have the shelter of a good house.

Next morning, before eight o’clock, we reached the mouth of the river and were welcomed by our kind hostess, Madam Oliveira. She had not forgotten us - seemed to remember each one of the children, and it was very pleasant to see her smiling face. We had sent her a message a week previous that we were coming and she saved her best room for us. Other families came and were lodged and on that night the house was filled to “overflowing” with Americans, on their way to Rio.

We enjoyed a night's rest. The children were made comfortable on pallets which were spread on the clean wooden floors. All the rooms, except two, had earthen floors. The gentlemen all slept under a large palmetto shelter at the side of the house, making beds of rush mats, covering with shawls and blankets. All were refreshed next day and ready for the steamer which was expected.

We diverted ourselves by strolling on the Lonely beach. The surf made a great noise. The waves rolled up in quick succession more heavily than we had ever seen them but the sky was clear, the air refreshed and odorous of the ocean. Still, we feared the sea must be rough and soon learned that it was. Remembering the feelings of hope which inspired us on our first view of this monotonous landscape; Now the sound of these Atlantic breakers was bringing to mind our great beginning in the new home. The hardships and trials which followed, we felt like putting a Hymn of praise that all was with us, that our family circle was still together and kind sympathizing friends around us.

Once more, our baggage was placed on the same steamer “Juparanah”, which had taken us to the land of the Doce. Its neat pretty cabin looked unaltered and the same black steward was there to wait upon us. Captain Barbosa was polite and with our American friends, our gatherings on deck were very pleasant.

We found, on being comfortably settled on board, that our Captain did not expect to cross the bar until the sea, which was then very rough, outside, should go down. There had been some heavy weather and the breakers were too high to go over. Brazilians are very cautious and not until the fourth day, did we raise anchor.

55.  Crossing the Bar

During this term of waiting, we made all our arrangements to become comfortably settled and tried to be patient. Enjoyed the sea air and the evenings on deck. When the morning arrived for our departure, the pilot came out in his boat, to direct our steersman and while his oarsman rowed over the breakers he held aloft his flag, pointing the course of the channel and the Steamer followed. The vessel was strongly built and the Americans thought they would have crossed the bar with very little uneasiness, believing the Brazilian Captain and the crew were all timid. Be that as it may, it was their Steamer, their coast and their bar, and not ours. They had crossed the bar before and were, or ought to have been, more competent to judge than we of the condition of the waters after a heavy spell of the weather. But this bar was a changeable one and they did not and could not know to what extent the sand had been washed up in the hidden banks, then how could we? The sea, during the past week had undergone many and mighty throes. Each successive day, for each preceding year it had heaved, in its workings where mortal eyes could not see, and who could tell what, in the past few days had been done, While, in its seeming agony and complainings, it had tossed upon its sandy bed? No - reasonable and dispassionate as one might be the circumstances were clear, there was apparent danger in our present condition. Our captain was in a state of anxiety and alarm, and ladies being nervously constituted, always sympathized with and received the infection from the timid. We felt in those moments of suspense, our entire helplessness and seeing strong men in fear, we considered our situation - that our ship might be broken in the effort to leap into the Atlantic and that then and there we might find a watery grave. Still, while remaining on deck with our thoughts filled with admiration and a pleasant awe, in the contemplation of the great, unfathomable ocean, the dread of evil did not efface enjoyment from our mind. There is a pleasure, very peculiar, but greater than some would believe in meeting an approach like this; the coming of something indefinite, evil though it might be, from the power of the Creator; whose voice seemed sounding in the mysterious sea. A great bustle was made on deck, much loud talking and tramping and the Captain, as on a formal occasion, ordered all the dead lights to be closed and requested the passenger to go below. We went down and seated ourselves in the cabin, made the children absolute quiet and listened for what we feared would come very soon. Very soon we felt a heavy jarring. We had crossed one breaker. The Captain said we struck the bottom - another effort, another plunge - then we thought we heard the vessel scrap the sand. We gathered no courage from the continued tramping of feet overhead and from the excited manner of the officers. We knew we would be greatly relieved when the bar was crossed. But what if these severe blows should break the boat and send us down to the merciless sea?  We asked ourselves the question, would we prefer being back on the Doce? “No, a thousand times, No – even if we knew we were all going under the waves together. This surely was a test of the affection for the land we had left.

A third plunge, which seems the most decided, took us over the dreaded bar and the Captain declared he would never cross it again. We felt rejoiced to know that we were out on the Atlantic though our course was up the coast and not downwards towards Rio. Our steamer had first to go to Saint Matthew's, which is situated about ten miles from the coast on the river. Again, a pilot took us over. Some more bustle on deck - but as the Captain was acquainted with this bar, we supposed he was not apprehensive of danger. All the passengers went ashore; and spent the day at the house of a Brazilian who opened his parlor and other rooms, inviting us to remain under his roof. The American gentleman went off together and had an excellent dinner prepared for us. After enjoying it, we walked around the town and returned again to our Steamer. We went out the following morning along the coast, now, bound southward, towards the city of Rio.

We passed most of our time on deck. Americans finding it very agreeable to talk of their varied experiences and pioneering.

More pleasant traveling companions we could not have found than the McIntyre family, who had been with us before on this same boat and who had also borne with us the trials of canoe travel for the first time. Other passengers entertained and enlivened us and the children played around and amused us.

Nothing appeared worthy of note except the death of a Brazilian passenger who was sick when he took passage at Victoria. He died on deck, and as we were not far from Iyapamrim he was undisturbed with a sheet spread over him until we landed and his body was taken ashore.

 Itapemirim - pronounced es-tap-e-ma-res, is a place where Dr. McDade has settled, who went from Linhares after remaining a few months. He had a good practice and made many friends among the Brazilians.

We entered the Bay of Victoria at night and cast anchor but could not see anything except the outline of the mountains and the lights of the town. Some of our passengers were Brazilian ladies.  This being a Great Saint’s Day they commemorated the evening by throwing up sky-rockets. It seemed to furnish one lady and her little daughter much amusement as they sent them up until a late hour.

Going out of the bay, we now had the opportunity for full admiration of this most beautiful scenery. The bay is circular with rocky and green mountains rising all around, leaving space for the entrance of vessels in the harbor. The Steamer kept near the shore, and the rocky sides of these hills seemed at times to be leaning over us. All that a painter can do, with softened shades of color and only the beauties of his picture brought forward, is accomplished in our vision when watching this receding scene. We could not see, in the distance, the irregularities or the dinginess of the whitewashed walls that ran out from its environs. We enjoyed looking back at the landscape, half in the shadow of the high hill. The bright sunlight showed with distinctiveness, the red tiled roofs of the solid old buildings, but the antique town grew more beautiful the farther we left it. Finally, the last suburban residences, which topped the last mountains we passed, was behind us.  and the whole scene was amongst the best that we had seen. The ocean was once more spread before and behind us. We kept near the coast, but not close enough to see land.

56.  Return to Rio de Janeiro.

Oh! But what more delightful than our safe arrival again, at the city of Grand Old Rio and what more gratifying than the joyous welcomes given by our American friends. Kind faces were around us as soon as we landed and hacks ready to take us to 69. Rua de San Pedro, at Capt. Freligh’s. They had quite a number of boarders. Mrs. Freligh, who had gone to Sao Paulo with the Ballard Dunn colonists, was one among the many who had been sufferers from the war, who had known prosperity and affluence, but with the cheerfulness which characterizes most Southerners, she had met disappointments in her first trial at Pioneering and now adorned the position of hostess, in the American circle, with grace and ease.

What a difference from her life on the Lake! First, to be led into a parlor, with cane bottomed settee and chairs - neat straw carpet; everything, pleasant cool. Iron balconies, overhanging the street, windows opening to the floor. The establishment was on the second, third and fourth stories - The first, on the ground, was used as a ware room. We were in the very midst of the city. Everything from Rio’s fine markets was placed before us when seated at the dining table and served up in handsome style. We need not say we enjoyed, very much, a rest of a few days, at such a house.

Many Gentlemen in pursuit of occupation remained in the city - some trying to buy fazendas in the country, others to obtain mercantile situations. Physicians sought for localities to renew their profession. One of our friends, of the “Marmion”, Mr. Slaughter, who had remained in Rio studying the Portuguese, was now the editor of a paper. We thought he must have learned the language with great rapidity. Col. Cencir, who first went to the Doce, returned to Rio and was then editing the journal called the Brazilian Reflector published in English. Several gentlemen and ladies from Sao Paulo and others lately arrived from the States, made quite a community with the families who had again centered there from the broken Colonies.

General Hawthorne, who had leased a beautiful, improved island in the Bay and had begun to make a garden, was about to return to Alabama, changing his plans on account of the health of his wife. A fine garden of vegetables, plenty of fruit, poultry, fish and oysters would give us a home, which we would be thankful, indeed to possess and to this we are going. Though the sail around the six or eight miles from the city we were only a hundred yards from a port on the mainland. From this point an omnibus runs two or three times a day, connecting with ferry boats that take passengers over to Rio. We bought rowboats with the lease of the island in which we could cross the short distance. “The Father” could now practice his profession and also attend to the cultivation of his fruit and vegetables, though, at first. he would have to remain throughout the week in the city, going home on Saturdays, returning on Monday. An English gardener and his wife, who Gen. Hawthorne had employed, also remained on the place with old January, a negro man. So, with our woman, Joanne, we would be supplied with servants and looked forward to the beginning of this life with pleasure. Indeed, it was a new existence.

We did not mind thinking of the mud hut now, for we had left it forever and the malarious air could not now reach us. Fresh sea breezes touched us revivingly when we neared our lovely island home, with its rich tropical trees and great gray rocks - its solidly made stone wharf - it seemed a union of everything lovely under a bright blue sky. It rose before us enchantingly and when we stepped out of the little sloop and began to wind the hill, we thought surely this was more beautiful than anything we had yet seen. Nature had been lavish, even profuse, and man’s improvements had made this spot like an Eden to eyes lately accustomed to so much beauty in the wilderness with so little of the adornments of art.

On our way up, we passed two springs, walled in and arched above with rocks, then walked up to the house by the shortest route from the first landing, where we had stopped. This brought us to the left wing. We walked through the building and saw at once that we were would have a very pleasant home with quite as much room as we needed - even more and with furniture sufficient to be comfortable with only a few additions. The house was old and somewhat out of repair, but we felt quite satisfied as it was handsome compared with houses on the Doce; so large and cool and the portion we would mostly use showed very little of the defection of time. A paved hall, extending along the front of the house, in which all the rooms opened, was perhaps the greatest attraction. The bricks were large and square running diagonally and very smooth; making a pretty and neat floor.

57.  Dixie Island.

Again from the Journals we draw a few pages.

July 18th.

It will be difficult to sum up our pleasures after they are passed, but they were many and no evening was long enough to write in our journal. While in the city, our friends seemed to feel happy in doing everything to give pleasure to the “Doseites”, as we call ourselves. Mrs. F. and Lizzie begged for my sister and me to stay a week or two with them and our parents came over, after staying a day or two in the city, to our island home, which had been already named “Dixie”.

Nearly every evening the gentlemen would make up a party. Mrs. Freligh or Mrs. Hanson would accompany us and we would go out to see Rio in its beauty, which is by Gaslight. The stores, which are kept open at night, look beautifully, and ladies do their shopping at this hour. The ice cream saloons were well patronized and we also enjoyed a very pleasant day at the Botanical Gardens after the style of a picnic. That delightful fortnight will ever be remembered by us as one of the “green spots” in life. Indeed, the memory of it is like a May Day in winter or a dream of cool water when feverish or thirsty. We needed it and for this change, our hearts were made happier and I trust better.

On the mainland, just opposite to us are several American families. One a methodist minister, Mr. Newman with two daughters. Also Mr. and Mrs. Cogburn, ((not the family from Doce). She, Mrs. C. is a daughter of the Rev. P. P. Neely.

July 30th.

We never grow tired of the scenery and we speak of it constantly, wishing we could paint the pictures around us. The beautiful islands dotting the bay and the grand mountains rising behind, make the loveliest view we have ever seen by moonlight. It is like fairy-land. Little boats are always seen gliding along on the silvery water, and we can see the white houses of our neighbors on the mainland gleaming through the trees. On the island, which lies nearest and behind us, is an elegant little fort. The owner of it is a Senador, had it built only as an ornament, and it adds a great deal to the beauty of our landscape.

“Dixie Island”, or Isle of Rebeira, on which we live, is very beautiful and nothing could compare with its trees and the smooth gray rocks that rise up from the green grass looking so cool under the heavy shade. The Tamarinds, and as have many of them, are the grandest trees we have ever seen. At a distance, they look like our largest oaks. And when near, they are only like themselves. The leaves, which are long and slender, grow in regular rows on each side of a long stem. Something like locusts. They are very beautiful. We have a great many Japan plums. They are now ripe. We are preserving them and they are a delightful fruit, being plentiful all the year round. We eat our preserves as fast as we make them. The Mango, of which we read in Lallah Rooke  - as shading the young princess - is a splendid tree with very fine fruit. We have one of a large size in our front yard. This tree also looks like an oak at a distance, but has a leaf like the peach. Underneath this great mango is a circular bench and we sit under its shade in the mornings and evenings. We have a beautiful little front yard with prettily shaped beds -the walks paved with shells from the seashore - some very sweet roses, just like the ones we had at our old Hillside home. This yard, which is quite level, is enclosed by a low brick wall and beyond there is a gradual descent towards the beach. We have a row of brick steps with a wall on each side which leads up to the house on the right. The house is painted yellow, has only one story - a tiled roof. The front shows only a long wall of brick with many windows. A large door in the middle with an arched sash overhead. Circular brick steps, leading down to the yard and on each side a tree covered with large scarlet leaves. On coming up, they look gay and bright amid the quantity of green. The Hall does not lead through the house, but lies along the front. And all these windows except the two last at each end open on the hall. A large room which opens directly opposite to the front door is our dining room. The one at the east end of the building is our parlor and this overlooks the bay on two sides. We have plenty of pleasant bedrooms, and although we have not yet, all we want to make us entirely comfortable, we are charmed with our home and liked the name Gen. Hawthorne gave it of “Dixie. “

Every Saturday evening Father brings with him some pleasant company and they return with him to the city on Monday morning. It would be too expensive if he went to the city every day, so now, he only comes home once a week. -  leaving the island in charge of Mr. Payne, our English gardener. His wife cooks for us. We fear it will be a long time before Papa can recover his losses on the Lake - but he has already a good practice with our proctor with our brother – “so called” - for a partner and is so considerate and attentive to us. We have very much to make us happy, and not stress ourselves now about troubles that have passed. It is so delightful to have such a lovely home, To have the smooth grey rocks to sit on under the shade of those grand tropical trees, to have this soft, delicious sea breeze by day and by night and to feel that we are growing stronger. We still have chills occasionally, but they are slight and we will soon be rid of them.

With Mrs. Payne to cook, and Joanna to wash and do other work, we are having now, an easy life. We have time to sew, teach the children, take exercise and sea baths and we are thankful to enjoy so much. We are altering our dresses, trying to make them more fashionable and are pleased with our success and ingenuity. White waists with dark marino, gored skirts, are worn a great deal. And we can wear basques, if we prefer, as the climate is so delightful. We dress in either thick or thin goods and are equally comfortable.

 Capt. Johnson had not yet succeeded in getting his fazenda, but while he is making his arrangements, he has his negroes on the island, working for Father. They sleep in a long brick building which was built as a ware house. The solid rock wharf and everything around shows that very wealthy people once lived here. Old January, a negro who takes the vegetables across the Bay to sell for us, has been on the island for more than forty years. He belongs now to the owner. We have a fine garden and all such vegetables as we raise in the States. Gen. Hawthorne has planted a large part of the island in pine apples - so we will have a number when they grow. At present we have plenty of fruit in the Maw-maws. These Maw-maws , grow, all in a bunch, at the tip-top of a long slender tree and taste something like a musk melon. – with a quantity of seed, the size of black pepper, with a spicy taste.. We do not like this fruit except when made into doces or sweet meats.

58.  The Spring House.

We like so much, the plan of Brazilian houses, the dining room and kitchen join each other and are all under one roof. We have a nice cooking stove and the only chimney to the house is the one made for the stove pipe. The only nuisance we have in our comfortable house, is rats – Oh! There are so many of them. If we go in to the kitchen at night, we see them running up the wall into the attic. And if we did not know what it was, we would think after midnight that a troop of dogs ran races over our heads. But, we have no mosquitoes – no bicho, nor insects of any kind except fleas and not many of them. Indeed, we can truly say “there are many charms about Dixie Island”.

Every evening we enjoy much such delightful walks around the island - then down on the beach. There are eight springs - most of them walled with rock - some with arched roofs and steps, leading down to the water. These are elegant, but we are much astonished that the water looks milky and we wonder why it does not taste the lime. We have the large maringoes filled up in the evening and it is clear and cold in the morning. We find that no water is pleasant to drink until it has stood all night in those earthen coolers.

I have scribbled longer than usual this afternoon. Twilight is here - night will soon come. The children are running towards home and so must I. Oh! How absolutely lovely is the scene around us - of green trees, sunset clouds and gray rocks. Everything near makes us feel we were only living in a country described in books and not really our home. Everything looks time worn, strong, solid and different from the U.S.

59.  Tamarind Trees.

 

August 13th, 68.

I am not as faithful to my journal as I thought I would be - but here I am dear friend, again, on my rocky throne with the bending boughs of the tamarind tree above us.  The flow of ocean waters, with soothing sound coming to my ears - the splash of boatsmen’s oars and the voices of happy children near. And the glad feeling that I can take time, whenever I wish, to write in my old “book of record” and yet, (such as nature), I neglect it more now than when my duties were pressuring me. Dr. Johnson and Duncan McIntyre came out last Tuesday evening, spent the day on Wednesday and Thursday. I had practiced a little in drawing since Dr. Barnsley kindly gave me a few lessons. I take pleasure in my poor little sketches. How strange. It seems to be in the land where tamarinds grow and to see them hanging. in such quantity, on the trees. They are very sour - not even a lemon is more so and they are rough in their taste also. How little we dreamed that we would ever be in the land of the orange and the lime, cinnamon and coffee, pepper and spice. We like the country and wish all our friends were with us. How we welcome our letters from the States. It's a day of rejoicing when the Steamer comes in.

20th.

We have much to make us happy. Our home is lovely. The sun shines brightly and softly - The little birds sing sweet songs. The trees seem really cheerful as the cooling breezes bend the boughs to and fro and nature seems to rejoice. There comes a little boat, in full sail, and I wonder whether the person who is taking such a pleasant ride is as happy as I am. Today I took the children out under the trees to hear their lessons and I think they really enjoyed it.

26th.

It is pleasant to hear the call which is distinctively heard from the other side when anyone comes to see us. We then look through the spy glass and find out who it is, if we do not at first recognize them. Mr. Payne takes one of the boats and quickly brings them over to our landing. We always have company on Sundays and occasionally during the week, which brightens the home - then when they go, we settle ourselves down to our sewing and our studies - and teaching the little brothers and sisters, so - we are very happy with or without company. We were very glad today to see our friend, Duncan McIntyre and to hear from his Mother and Miss Margaret (his good kind aunt.)

28th.

Today, Capt. Johnson moves to his new home. He has bought a large plantation and negroes. Plantations are called Fazendas.  Our Father is going to look at a place near to his on the railroad, hoping to buy it as he wants one larger than this island.

Sept. 3rd.

Captain J. bought us a large coffee sack full of the finest oranges we have tasted from his own place. Some of them, the most delicious, were an oblong shape and a deep reddish yellow. He has large coffee groves, cane in plenty, also olives.

Friday, Sept. 4th.

Last night we had visitors in the late afternoon and we made some ground pea candy which we brought out as a treat, in memory of the States though we never knew any one who did not like it. We always relish anything here which is just like our own dishes there.  There is not much difference in our food. Vegetables are just the same, fish and fowls, meats. Only the fruits are different and some of them the same. Farinha and Fajeca, which everyone, from the Emperor to his lowest subject, are entirely new to us.

60.  Tide Bound.

Sept. 9th. The time for the visit of my friend Lizzie had nearly expired, and we had amused ourselves in almost every way, hunting crabs, searching for flowers among the rocks, running races and other such undignified performances. One morning we put on our hats and went off, down the hill towards the bay. Took a book with us to read if we should stop to rest. We thought we had explored every spot of beauty on the island, and we really did not know where to go. But there was a big grove of trees and thorny undergrowth covering the side of a high hill and stretching down towards the water, which we had never entered, as it was our special dread. We never looked in the thicket without listening for the footsteps of wild beasts and expecting to see a pair of glaring eyes, or perhaps the shining coil of a snake, as these trees cut off all the view from that side of the island, we knew nothing of what was beyond. Now, when we reached the beach, instead of stopping to gather and examine the many colored shells, we pushed our way in and out among the trees and long grass which grew near the water, until we came upon a new and delightful world. We concluded to walk to the other end of the island by this route, believing it would be dangerous but we were anxious for adventure and started on our way

.

A long line of irregular rocks separated the green from the water and there was no beach on which we could walk and as the trees on the hill, rising so abruptly above us, grew close to the rocks, there was no possible way for us but to jump from one rock to the other. We did not know how far this rough road extended or how really dangerous it might be, but the frolic suited us and in gay spirits we started on our way - climbed successfully over several rocks, then fell, scrambled, stumbled and got up doing the same thing again until somewhat bruised. On the way we made a discovery which filled us with delightful dread and expectation of difficulties. There were two rocks so far apart, that we could not, without danger of falling, step from one to the other. There had been no trouble at first, as the little bed of sand between afforded an easy crossing but now the sand was covered with water. We knew the tide was rising and we must go over or be in imprisoned by its flow. Standing still, until the waves receded, for a moment, we darted across, not, however, without getting our feet wet.

After our safe landing on the other side, we took off our hats and the sea breeze kindly came and cooled our heated faces. How pleasant it was sitting there watching the waves coming and going over the rocks, hearing nothing but our own voices and the music of the sea.

We then went on, again, stopping every now and then to coax the little sand crabs from their holes and gather curiosities, which we could not carry and while we were thus engaged, a Brazilian passed in a boat, and after looking at us with curiosity, he said “esta nao a bon lugar,”

We felt the truth of his words and thought it best to hurry away. The rest of our scramble was easy as the rocks were small and there was no danger in jumping. Reaching the other end of the island, we climbed a steep hill, pulling up vines, limbs of bushes and roots of trees. When at last, on high land we began to inspect each other. Our curls were full of cockle burrs, our dresses torn in many places. The soles of some of our shoes ripped half off and our faces sunburnt and red. A beautiful trio of rustic maidens we were.

The dinner bell which was ringing loud and long, compelled us to start homeward. We were busy taking splinters from our fingers but did not continue when we heard this summons, for we knew by the energetic way in which it was rung that we were giving uneasiness. So, we promised ourselves to repay them by a graphic account of our adventure. We began our details as soon as we reached home, thinking they would be as interesting to others and that we would have a sympathizing audience - expecting also, to hear reports on all sides for our delay. But we had been missed only a little while just when dinner was announced. Then, when we could not be found, they rang us up.

After washing our faces and arranging our hair we sat down to dinner with good appetite, and received smiling compliments on the beautiful bloom on our cheeks, which for a while were all scarlet.

18th. Thursday.  

We have enjoyed a visit to Fazenda Bangu, Mr. Judkin’s delightful place. Dr. C. and Captain J. went with us. We rode horses back – took walks, visited the sugar mills, etc. It is a beautiful place with a grand old baronial dwelling, handsome inside and out. We would not object to have a house just like it with its great paved courts, its iron balconies, its chapel, its bamboo avenue, which is by far the most beautiful thing we have seen in Brazil. Nothing can give an idea of its attractions except to go and see it. Still, we are satisfied with “Dixie” for our home. We had a pleasant time at Bangu but best of all was the kindest treatment from Mr. and Mrs. J, who deserve all the comfort they have in their home.

24th.

Maj. and Mrs. McIntyre paid us a visit this week, they remained all night. After supper, while seated under the mango tree, they told us of the pleasant home they have which is ten miles from the city on a beautiful stage road. They are much delighted with their fazenda – and plan to make sugar. Yesterday, wrote to my sweet friends Kate Hutchison and May Scott. The great sea divides me from them, but it is a great pleasure to renew our old school days and recall past joys.

Oct. 9th.

Yesterday received letters from our friends on the Doce, brought by Mr. Spencer, Just arrived on Oliveira's schooner. Today went, with my sisters to Mrs. Newman's on the mainland, opposite to us. Miss Mollie then went with us to return our visit to Mrs. Lane and Miss Lottie – the ladies were not at home but we rested a while as the walk was so long - Dr. Barney was with us also. The day was rather warm, but our walk was pleasant. Dr. B is going back to Montgomery.

When Mrs. and Miss Lane paid us their visit, they were accompanied by Miss Mollie N. and when they were leaving, we accompanied them to the beach to watch them crossing over. Just as Mr. Payne had taken them safely to shore, Miss Molly stood for a moment on the edge of the boat and tilted it so suddenly she fell backwards into the water. We were sorry it happened, but she only laughed about it and went on home as quickly as possible as it was as near to her house as to ours. The distance to Mrs. Lane's is much farther - about a mile. She rides horseback to and from Mrs. Newman’s.

 

61.  Ipihiba.

Oct. 17th

On last Saturday a party of us went out to Maj. McIntyre’s Fazenda Ipihiba, pronounced ee-pee-hee-bah.  We enjoyed the ride on a beautiful road, in a large, comfortable four horse coach, which Duncan had brought for us to the landing. My sisters who had gone out a week or two before told us of the delightful ride in the easy carriage and of the interesting changes along the way. And we found it as they said, very pleasant indeed and were charmed with the fazenda.

Maj. McIntyre, as is the custom here, has bought all the household articles, furniture, bedding, crockery, clean sheets and pillow cases - towels and even little comforts. This is the way Brazilians sell out. They reserve nothing but their clothing. I have never seen a home more completely furnished. The house is large and pleasantly arranged. At our island home we found a limited supply of furniture, but no bedding or linen.  This case was one among the exceptions.

At Ipihiba we had pleasure again, of horseback riding, visiting the sugar mill, eating fruit, etc. Mrs. McIntyre gave us every privilege and we were happy. Miss Margaret was, as she always is, kind and good and the boys, just like thoughtful, attentive brothers to us all. My friend Lizzie Freligh was with us and Miss Mary Porter, whose parents came from Tuskegee, Alabama. Their family is now in the city at Capt. Freligh’s. They have several interesting daughters. We have a pleasant number of Americans - and they are very sociable. I wish I could describe Ipihiba, with its rounded green hills covered with sheep - it's coffee and orange groves. It has many attractions.

23rd.

Yesterday evening, just after our return from a sea bath, which we enjoyed very much, we received a note from Miss Newman saying that Mrs. Lane wanted us to visit her next Tuesday and will send horses.

Friday 30th.

We paid the expected visit as Mrs. Lane sent horses. She and Miss Lottie are refined and agreeable and they have a good home.

Nov. 1st.

Our cow gives us great comfort. It is such a luxury to have plenty of milk. It was interesting and amusing to see the manner of getting her over. We watched the scene with much amusement. The calf was put in the canoe – Mr. Payne started on with it and the cow swam on behind. We could only see her nose out of the water, but she reached our shore all right. A mule and this cow and calf and a few pigs constitute our flock of animals.

Monday 3rd. We love to visit an old deserted house, which is built on the island - on the further side. Stones steps lead down to the beach and flowers grow up among the weeds. The Casa, like all Brazilian buildings is strongly made - with thick walls, which can never tumble down - and tiled roofing. Sometimes the wooden rafters are eaten away by ants and then the roof falls in, but this one seems strong yet. The windows have been left open and rain had darkened and mildewed the plastering. When we walk about, our voices echoing through the walls, we find ourselves wondering how the former occupants passed their time. If they enjoyed, as we would, the possession of such a house - for the situation is beautiful - and if in repair, the house could be pleasant and convenient. Now, it stands alone, neglected and damp, a refuge for lizards and frogs.

Whenever I seat myself on this my favorite rock, I think of our friend, Julian McIntyre and I see his pleasant face. it was here we all sat together – happy and light of heart. That was his last visit - he never came again. He died in the following week, a short while before his father moved to his Fazenda. Julian was a noble, good boy - gentle at home and to his friends. His aged grand mother had died a little while before. She was the oldest among all the emigrants - over eighty.

On one of the last Steamers some more new Emigrants came.  A family of Keeps and also a family named Keese  Another with a French name – all gone to Sao Paulo. The Emersons. whom we met on our first arrival in Rio, and Mr. Malone, who then came to see us too, have gone there also. Everybody goes to Sao Paulo, except those who return to the States. We think if all the Americans had gone to that part of the country a very few would have left. There were three separate colonies in Sao Paulo. I believe the Americans are making their own settlements now, just where they think best.

62.  Letters to the States - from Dixie Island.

We will hear insert a few letters written by “The Father”, from Dixie Island to friends in the States,  in which he gives a description of the happy home and the production of the soil.

Rio de Janeiro,                                                                                                                                                                         

July 18th, 1868.

My dear Brother,   

We are all again in Rio. Having arrived three weeks ago. You told me when you left me on the Lake that if I could get some such place as “Dixie Island” that you thought it probable you would return. You are glad to hear that I bought out. Gen. Hawthorne, I know. My family are now settled there. The girls have been having a gay time in the City at Capt. Freligh’s. The parlor is full of Americans - Confederate gentlemen all the time. Gen. Hawthorne had greatly improved “Dixie Island” since you saw it and I am surprised to find so much more tillable land that I had expected.

I have a good, industrious English gardener who looks after everything and his wife, a quiet, cheerful woman, cooks for us. I bought with the island a mule - twenty pigs - a good deal of poultry -  boxes, tools, furniture, etc. We have a fine prospect for a large crop of tomatoes, cabbage, okra, beans, etc. The Gen. has set out a thousand pine apples. I am planting vegetables every week and will in a few days plant a large patch of sweet potatoes. All I want now is a cow, and some Muscovy ducks. I have a large place enclosed for the pigs and poultry and cattle. I only want “Dixie” as a home for the present and not for a source of income. We will continue to sell vegetables to cover a few expenses. Old January, who is a fixture on the island, take them over to the mainland in a boat every morning.

Coachman had rented an office on Rua de Rosario, number 43, near Blounts for five years. I have been at work but one week and thus far we have as much as both of us could do from eight o’clock in the morning until ten or eleven at night. If this continues, and I think it will, I will have no time to go home except on Saturday to remain till Sunday.

If you intend to return, let me know very soon. I am looking for another, and I hope, larger source of income than the dentistry or dairy. If you come in and I succeed, you can share with me in this also. Don't waste any money trying to save my property, if you can get anything that’s due me, all well - but don't pay a dollar to secure real estate for I regard it as that much lost. You and Troy are hopeful about your country. I am not. I have seen no reason to change my mind about what it is to be and I cannot see how real estate is to enhance in value for a great while yet.

The family, from the eldest down are all delighted with their new home. The little ones like the lake better because there were more fish, After you left, we caught plenty of mullet in the net, planted the whole place in corn, beans and mandioca and when I came away everything looked flourishing. Left some fine hogs penned up. Daubed the new henhouse, put a new and secure roof on it, planted vegetables, cut down a good deal of foiced land on the hilltop and altogether made the place look new and inviting. But, I can get no one to go and take charge of it for me whom I think suitable for such a trust and as Spencer wishes to come away for two or three months I must sacrifice my labor. I have written to him to sell pigs, poultry and all perishable property and rent the place to Mr. Miller or someone until I can find a man to go in partnership with me or carry it on. I don't like to give it up as I believe it will yet be a source of income.

Dr. Dunn has gone to Sao Paulo to practice medicine. Ben Yancey and Morgan have a contract on the Railroad and Ben looks better than I ever saw him. Gen. Hawthorne expects to leave for the States in consequence of his wife's health. She not being able to come to him. This is why he gave up the island. I paid him thirteen hundred – 1300 milreis for his lease - this includes the mules, boats, etc. I pay the Englishman and his wife, 40 milreis a month. We have more plums on the island than we can destroy. We eat, sell, cook and feed hogs on them yet they do not seem to diminish.

We had a chance of ministry a few days since and all parties seemed pleased with it. It is said the Minister of Agriculture appreciates Confederates and will do something positive to assist them. Quite an American settlement has grown up around Mr. Newman and they are thinking now of a church and school.

On Tuesday, 31st the steamer has arrived and brought, I understand, ten families chiefly from Missouri. Most of them are at Capt. Freligh’s and seem to be nice people.

 I must hear from you soon, as your determination to come or stay may influence my stay or departure from Dixie. I am already solicited to sell out at a profit at three or four hundred dollars upon my investment. I shall however, hold on where I am until secure of the plans I want and the necessary means to work it and until you determine whether you come or not. I am hoping to get a larger and better place - with orchards of fruit and coffee, with two or three hundred acres of land on the railroad four miles from Petropolis with a Confederate neighbor, who will grind my cane and make my orange brandy. But of this, some a little time hence. To those engaged in cane growing the prospect is very flattering. Brazilians cannot understand how so much is made with so few hands.

     Some of the families, by the last Steamer, are from Texas. I have been too busy to learn particulars

***************

Rio de Janeiro,                                                                                                                                                            

August 31st, 1868.

Dear Doctor, your letter reached me yesterday - the Steamer arriving according to schedule.

Among all the friends who write to me, you are the only one who does not take me for a weathercock. They all seem to think I will return to the U.S. when the political troubles are past.

But, if I knew myself I should never leave Brazil. The climate here is such that life is a luxury, even one has hard fare. When I think of your sweltering heat and pinching cold and contrast it with our even and delightfully uniform temperature, I rejoice that we are here. No fans for summer, no big wood fire for winter. Your prospective prosperity cannot be any better than ours and we have everything that you have and much that you do not and cannot have. As for friends and associations, I find them everywhere and whilst I love and miss the old ones, I cannot see that I should give up a country that suits me so well for one that only partially fills the bill.

 Forty three Rua Rosario has many visitors. How they find it I don t know, as there is no sign yet hung out - no advertisement - nothing to mark the entrance to the office.

If I succeed in my project, I will have a fazenda and negroes, plenty of stock in less than a year. If I fail, I will have had the pleasure of anticipation and will still have my profession and “Dixie” until Nov.’74. What more could I hope for in the States? There is no place, not even Saint Andrew's Bay, equal to Dixie in your country. Here we are out of the world or in it as we please. In full view and a few hours run from the city, I am a monarch on my island. If any one sets his foot upon my shore without my permission, I can shoot him and the law holds me guiltless. There are plenty of fish and oysters, crabs and more than enough fruit, pigs, poultry and wild guinea pigs, vegetables to sell, small birds are beautiful in abundance. Often the hummingbirds fly in at the windows. Our island is a near paradise. Grand Mango trees, furnishing shade and fruit stretch out their hundred arms like the live oak. We have Japan plums to throw away, sell, preserve and feed pigs on them and they bear at this rate for several months. I don't know the names of some of the fruits on the plate. The island contains about fifty acres, thirty of which I can cultivate. The rest is in fruit and wood and rock. I am satisfied with our home and so are all my family, for the place is cool - has good spring water - healthy, near to market and to the city. I can send a barrel of flour or sugar home for eight cents, and can send anything to town I wish, but I do not expect to remain on Dixie as it is not an in accordance with my cherished plans. I intend to have a home of my own. I could buy “Dixie” as it is for sale and I have a right to buy it when my lease expires on or before - could make a good living by selling fruit and making butter - selling butter, as I can do from 50 to 75 cts. a pound as fast as I can deliver it. Unless I can buy a place elsewhere, I shall get two or three good cows and can raise all the food they require.

I have not given up my home on the Lake and if I could have found a suitable person to carry on my plans, I should regard it as the best investment I ever made. I have given up the idea of a purely Confederate settlement. I may sell out to someone who wishes a place unsurpassed for beauty, richness of soil and indeed all the requirements for making a delightful home. No where in the world is there, I believe, such a body of land, so well adapted to the planter in wood, water, soil producing such a variety of valuable crops. The Vanilla or Cocoa are more profitable than sugar cane, coffee or cotton and grows well there.

There was a great deal of intermittent fever, caused by such a drought and had not been known there for thirty years following a wet season. This might never occur again. Those who lived on old places or plantations were exempt. Those living on new places and in the bottoms between the hills and who exposed themselves much to the sun suffered. I could raise hogs and poultry alone and make a good living. Many substitutes for bread grow without trouble. Mandioca, arrowroot, potatoes, carrah, etc.

Now - I intend to have a home near the City where I can carry out my plan for making butter, etc., and still practice my profession.

Last week I was ailing a little and stayed on the island to recuperate. I spent two nights and the day at Bangu with the Judkins and Porter place. Bangu is a magnificent fazenda, beautiful scenery, lovely valley and grand mountains and hills. If they don't get rich, there is no use trying. I think I will be ready to sell Dixie Island in about a month for two contos and a half $1250, which includes everything indoors and out.

Kind regards to all my friends and believe me - truly yours,

**********

Rio de Janeiro,                                                                                                                                                              

Aug. 24th, 1868.

Dear Brother,

Your letter came by last Steamer. I rejoice to hear that all are well again.*****

I write you by last mail that I had Dixie Island and I hoped that by this mail I would write you that I owned a fazenda, but the “wait a little” esparem ponce of the Brazilians has put it out of my power. On next Thursday I expect to go to look at the place - It joins one just purchased by Capt. Johnson. The man who owns it, has many thousand acres of land but this is disconnected from the rest. The Brazilian neighbors I hear are very wealthy - speak English and are very anxious for Confederate neighbors.

You think I must come back to the States. This is so a remote possibility that I do not entertain it for a moment. I would not exchange countries. Existence merely is happiness in such a climate.

Maj. McIntyre has at last, bought a place with one hundred and thirty negroes. Capt. Johnson has bought one with fifty seven negroes - he already had six or eight. Rousell has bought a fazenda and negroes also. Rousell pays six hundred dollars annually for ten years with the privilege of purchasing at the end of the lease for $15,000. The rent to be counted as part of the payment. Porter says I can buy out one of his marauders for six hundred dollars and that the place has a good new home within a mile of Bangu – plenty of fruit. Coffee, etc. and I can have one, two or three hundred acres of land, or as much as I wish to plant. I saw the place from the road and think it a desirable one.     Only two families came out on the last Steamer. If there is no possibility of your returning to Brazil, I will look out for myself alone. There is no probability that I will go back to the States.

Gen. Hawthorne has gone back to the States. A letter from you will reach him at Mobile. Dalton Yancey starts, in a few days. Ben at work on the Don Pedro R.R. He and Morgan have a contract.

I had a letter today from Mr. Gunter. All are well and he says they are making expenses and he has provisions enough to feed all the community. He is planting cane now and expects to make a large sugar plantation. Had very fine cane when I left and was still planting. Dr. Farley will soon have his mill up. Senor Raphael is clearing a large place for Cane. Dr. Johnson is here, but expect to go to a settlement in the country to practice medicine.

Cencir’s paper is suspended for the present.

War with Paraguay is almost closed. Milreis locking up and property wp’’ soon be higher., A prominent Englishman told me the other day that he will do all he could to assist me.

If I get the place, I hope I will be almost as near Rio as Dixie - measuring time and not distance. I can leave here on a steam ferry boat at two o’clock and reach the place at four o’clock. One hour on the boat and one hour by rail. Leave depot at 8 on Monday and reach Rio at 10 o’clock. This is a daily line with through tickets, expenses, 3$000 - three milreis. Which you remember is a dollar and a half.

I have not received the last numbers of the “Land we Love”. The “Old guard”,  I get but it is degenerating into a purely political journal. I don't like it as much as formerly.

I do not like to write such a scattering letter but there are so many interruptions. The office or our laboratory is full all the time with visitors -  Dr. Johnson, Coachman, Dozier and I have our meals sent to us – pay a 30$030 – thirty milreis a month. We live well.

Wharton and Seymour have just returned from Minas - I had not seen them yet.

 I would write a letter for the Mail, but suppose the columns are all filled with politics and they would have no room for it.

The Frelighs are well. Have a crowded house. Mr. Hall is here, on the way to the U.S for his family. He says he can make more cotton than he can gather, in Sao Paulo. Broadnax I hear, has made a very large and superior crop of tobacco - so large that Cencir would not publish the information until verified.

The English Doctor here, says that vanilla is the most profitable of all crops in Brazil.

The family are still delighted with Dixie, but willing to move if we get a house to call our own. Dr. Johnson sends his regards and hopes to see you back again. *****

Love to all the family and our friends.*****

***********

Rio de Janeiro,                                                                                                                                                                                                 Sept. 23rd, 1868

Dear Brother,       

Your letter by last Steamer was received. I am glad your people of the South are so hopeful but I fear it may lead you to some rash investments. You look to me very much as a party of dancers appear when and one cannot hear the music. I see nothing in your country to make you feel glad.

Since I write last, I have made several visits to the country and have found a place for which I am now negotiating. The land joins Capt. Johnson – is about two miles from the end of the Mawa Railroad and not far from Petropolis. Capt. Johnson’s place is the finest I have seen in Brazil or anywhere else. His house is located at the foot of the mountains which rise 3000 ft. and spread out, before him, is a beautiful plain of as fine land as I ever saw. Between his house and the one I expect to get, runs a creek, tumbling from the mountain gorge and furnishing water enough to turn any amount of machinery. The bed of the creek is filled with granite boulders from the size of a marble to forty feet in diameter. I do not think I have ever seen scenery surpassing that which breaks upon you in every direction. Capt. Johnson has 6,000 orange trees, 95,000 coffee and numberless fruits. Orange trees are so abundant that he has been digging up many from his fields.

I have visited several planters in this neighborhood. With one I spent a night and found him more like an American than I have met with in their homes. They speak three, four and five languages and have many things just like Southerners. This gentleman has the finest machinery for sugar making just imported from France and told us that in a very short time he should start a steam plow. I found his negroes plowing with the turning plow and a single mule. His house and grounds are very tastefully arranged and he has many pets for his children.

I shall not be able to consummate my pending “trades” in time to inform you by this mail, but by next Steamer hope to be settled for life. I infer from your letter that you have no idea of ever returning to Brazil. You saw the country in its worst aspect. In determining your course for the future do not decide hastily. Don’t fasten yourself yet in the States for you may desire to come here. For myself, I am better satisfied with Brazil than ever. I know you would be contented to live always at a place like Capt. Johnson's.

I think I will succeed in getting that property near to him and he will have a sugar mill and distillery and will haul and work up the cane for me and in the cultivating the cocoa which is under way and that crop pays better than any other and grows beautifully there. I have seen some on Johnson’s place.

Love to all from all, from your brother.

**********

Rio de Janeiro                                                                                                                                                                        

Oct. 22nd, 1868

Dear Brother,

Your letter and one from Dr. Rambo came by last Steamer. I am yet unsettled and have hesitated about writing – but have concluded the mail shall carry something although I have little or nothing to say.

This is a slow country for trading. I have been nearly two months trying to buy a place and have only just now begun to feel as if I was approaching the matter, seriously. Much of this delay, I think, has arisen from my inability to speak Portuguese entrusting entirely to others. If I succeed in my projects I shall probably do so within the next ten days. By the next Steamer can write you definitely. I shall hold on to Dixie until I have another place ready to go. My pine apples are beginning to bear - tamarinds are ripening. The chickens flourish and the cow continues to improve. Spencer is here now. He had grown quite reconciled to the lake and is interested in planting there. I have ten acres of mandioca and my fruit trees are growing superbly. I still believe my investment there was a good one if I had only stayed there.

Maj. McIntyre had bought another place on the Canta Gallo Railroad. Dozier is still here. Roussell has his negroes hired in the city and is negotiating for a place.

We now have street cars running to Boto Fogo and they will extend to the Botanical Gardens. Gen. Cusicona is here building a railroad to Tijuca.

 I have late letters from the Doce. All well and hopeful. You will see Dr. Barney soon and get items from him.

 Please send me a few Bene seed – send me, also, some seed of the pine - Chinkapin – chestnut - the Italian, too – beech – pecan, etc.

Our practice continues to improve in quality. I may add more tomorrow. If not kind regards to friends and love to all,                                 From your brother

**********

 

63.  Leaving Dixie.

 

The Letter, following this, cannot be found but the particulars of leaving “Dixie” were there given.

“The Father” agreed to a proposition which would enable the family to be comfortable in another temporary home awaiting the completion of the trade with the Brazilian Fazendeira

Capt. Johnson, whose house was large enough for two or three families- kindly offered us the use of half. He was very anxious to have us settle near him; as two families would be apt to draw more and there would be a prospect of a neighborhood.

The island passed into the hands of some Englishmen - Mr. Heinsman and his brother-in-law. They bought out everything and moved in at once.

Dear, delightful Dixie was forsaken. Even in those few short months, we had grown to love it. With its many beauties, its peace and quiet, its ever coming breezes - its pleasant memories of friends who enjoyed it with us, the lovely island home will never be forgotten.

 One will perhaps judge by the preceding letters and circumstances mentioned, that “The Father” indulges in happy structures of his “Castles in Spain” and sits like the faithful partner of quiet Prue with the walls of a simple home around him and his soul in a joyous departure to those glorious domains. But the home of his imaginings is not of grand dimensions, nor are his hopes of splendor. He wishes only a place of comfort made lovely by all that industry can do and all that nature can bestow. Yet, for all this, his enjoyments are very great - his plans well matured - but fate decrees that, only through Tit-bottems spectacles, shall he behold his comfortable houses and fertile plains. He has seen some that so nearly resemble those beheld through the glasses he will even be content as the owner. Still, they are not yet his. The Brazilian possessor does not give them up. Other homes arise before his vision, with mountain landscapes, well tilled fields and groves of fruit. Cows and sheep grazing on the hills. Yes - he enjoys a great deal in the future, as well as in the present, waiting patiently for the consummation of his desires.

And now again from the journals, we gather memories of the beautiful fazenda Pao Grande. Pronounced pow -grandee.

These are Capt. Johnson possessions. Hills and plains in the finest culture. Coffee and orange groves in perfection. Mountain scenery sufficiently demand to satisfy the greatest lover of Nature.

64.  Pao Grande.

Dec. 1st, 1868.

We have left “Dixie Island”. It is sold to some English gentleman. We gave them possession before we left and during the last week they were moving in while we were packing to move out. Only the gentleman belonging to the family came at first. Mr. Heinsman, his brother-in-law, Mr. Crashley and Mr. Cowley are very polite and pleasant. The latter had traveled a great deal and his conversation was very instructive, but he was so modest we had to ask him for recitals of his history. On the day we left, they rowed us over in the large boat and said kind words at parting, and we felt pleased that our dearly loved home would pass into such hands, as long as we had to give them up.

Pao Grande is yet like a strange acquaintance, but we admire it very much. everything is grand and is on a large scale. The great high mountains - the broad smooth plains, the noisy, rushing streams, all this we like for its newness, and its wildness. These mountains form a crescent around a beautiful valley and a large white house is built very near to one of the highest. We love to listen to the sound of the cascades and it never ceases. Day and night, we hear it and there is something in it strangely and more so after dark

.

Dec. 2nd. This morning we took a walk before breakfast. It was cool and pleasant.  We gathered some flowers and pressed them. We are now in the grape arbor. I have brought my diary - also a book to read.  We have a view of the mountains near and far and the lake just before us, which is in miniature compared with those on the Doce. There is a little boat, tied to the post, which we can use whenever we wish. The garden, which extends into the little body of water, is one of the prettiest things we have seen, joined to the island on the side by a railed bridge with a stone foundation. The boat goes under it with ease., Graceful weeping willows bend their boughs at each end till they sweep into the water. The garden is in the form of South America, united by an isthmus to the hill. When you go up the ascent and look down, the shape is a perfect resemblance; with the natural form of Tierra del Fuego, a little island that tips the point. On this (very appropriately) is a hive of bees. The garden is laid off, in neat beds of vegetables, flowers and fruit, with graveled walks. Much taste is displayed. We have here, the finest pine apples; a kind unequaled in the world. They cannot be transported. Called the Buchashear. They are more delicious than anything we have ever tasted.

We all went up to see the Mill and enjoyed a beautiful prospect. Afterwards, Capt. J. took us to ride on horseback.

4th.

This morning took a walk with the children. In the afternoon, took a ride in the boat around S. America, and then we rode on horseback again. My horse was a beautiful little iron gray pony. Eulas’s the pretty bay.

6th.

Mr. Wharton came out this evening with Papa. How many changes have occurred among the Emigrants. The members of our colony have settled in different directions. “Friends been scattered like roses in bloom.” Some gone back to the States. This must be the time of running to and fro.

Dec. 17th.

Our life continues to be pleasant but monotonous. Capt. Johnson has several assistants - all Americans. Mr. Morgan. Mr. Kness. Mr. Ben Miller. They take charge of the machinery – of farinha, coffee and sugar mills and overseeing negroes, etc. Capt. J. expects to have a dinner and dance on Christmas when the new parlor is finished, which he is having built.

Jan. 1st, 1869.

Christmas has come and gone. Americans gathered together or under Capt. Johnson’s roof and he did much for their pleasure and comfort. We wreathed the walls with orange leaves and flowers; red and yellow peppers. We had dancing two nights and all seemed to enjoy it. Mrs. Freligh presided over the young people and was the moving spirit in all our pleasures. When we tired of dancing, we played parlor games.

Capt. B. Yancey and Col. Thompson started for Minus Gereas, on horseback, as soon as the amusements were over.

Now, the New Year has come in, all have returned to their usual pursuits. The new parlor is large and airy, was finished just in time for the dancing.

11th.

Father is still trying to buy that place and looking at another in the event of failure in getting this. We have been over on horseback to the house that he is so anxious to buy. We crossed a beautiful creek which is full of large full rocks, went through tangled brush, wood and wilderness of weeds, before we reached the gate. Mama rode on the iron gray. The yard was overgrown so entirely that only the tops of the house peeped up above them. We could see that it had once been a tasteful arrangement of beds and walks. The house is really fine looking, but much out of repair. It has eight or ten small rooms and four large ones. We ran all over it and selected those for sleeping, dining, parlor and sitting rooms. Pantries, kitchen storerooms, etc. were in a wing at the back of the building. Mama was the only one not enthusiastic. The first remark she made was. “When will we get in a proper condition?”  Knowing the slowness of Brazilian workmen, I do not wonder she should have first thought of this, the rest of us enjoyed the anticipation of living in it very soon. We all look out from the upper windows at the glorious landscape and rejoiced at the hope of its being ours. We expect to have an American settlement here, if we do not, I hope we will live in the city.

Jan. 13th 

Today was lovely and bright, a cool breeze blowing. We are very happy. Busy this week, sewing and I am reading Nicholas Nickleby,

Jan.  17th. Sunday.

This afternoon, in our walk, we sat by a creek, on the wayside and it made us think of a little summer stream that flowed between two hills near our old home. We called it Juniatta, although in a dry season it was only a ditch, but that sweet little stream, around which so many fond memories cling, may never mummer it's music in my ears again or the Sun rise and set, in my native land for us.

Jan. 21st.  Thursday.

Yesterday, Papa came out and brought letters for me from my friends, Miss Anna Gunter from the Doce, and Mary Baldwin of Montgomery. Have been writing all the morning. We have needed rain and now it is falling like a welcome burst of song.

27th.  

It has been raining several days., The drops patter, patter as they fall, making sweet music. Mama has been quite sick. Papa was with us all this week.

Everything is beautiful around Pao Grande, but we feel that we ought to have a house of our own. When we came, we did not expect to be here even more than a month. Had every reason to believe we would secure a house near this at once. We began to fear we will fail in getting either place.

Ma is much better.

Feb.2nd. Tuesday.

Rain, Rain. Rain. How It has been raining. This morning, I was up early - looking out, the world seemed just waking. The insects were humming their hymn of dawn. The air was fresh with the breath of the mountains. There is a charm in the early morning. I often find myself looking at a figure I have found on the rocks, which resembles a lady climbing up the mountain with her head cut off. There stands a mule taking the rain as quietly as though he was under a shelter, And apparently as comfortable.

Feb. 7th, Sunday.

Rio de Janeiro. Yesterday, I came in with my sisters to Mrs. Freligh’s. We are enjoying the change from country to city life. That evening, a party of us went shopping and visited the ice-cream saloon. This morning we went to church. The streets are very prettily decorated for the carnival, which commences today. There are eight young ladies in the house and a good many gentlemen.

65.  The Carnival in Rio.

Later. It is night. I am sleepy but I want to write down what I have seen today of the Carnival in Rio. People were dressed up very fancifully in different colors. Processions passed by, bands played, drums beat, torpedoes, were fired. A great throng moved by and in the midst, four or five men, supporting poles, on the top of which was a board wavered with blue supporting a tiny ship - made to represent the sea. Another arrangement of this kind showed us Neptune on a fish. Then came on Bacchus, the god of wine, with a wreath of grapes around his head and a cup in his hand. This procession was of sailors. Then appeared a ship in a storm.

I cannot begin to imagine all the sights, there were too many. We went out at night, to look at the illuminated streets. Nothing I have ever seen was like it. The effect was splendid. I thought it like enchantment. We only forgot it was night. The brightness was like sunshine without heat. Not far from us, the musicians are seated in a balcony and we have the full benefit of the music - and this is Sunday. We went to hear Mr. Preston this morning, an excellent minister of the Episcopal Church and there it looked and felt like the Holy Sabbath.

Thursday 11th. Tuesday

was the last day of the Carnival. Some of the costumes were made of the richest material - silks, velvet, ribbons and laces – Indeed, of everything handsome.

One procession passed, which made all of us shudder. It was awful. A hearse, drawn by six mules, with green plumes on their heads. In the hearse was a figure of death with a scythe in one hand, an hour glass in the other. His mask was a skeleton face. He had flame colored hair. It was horrible! Then there were figures representing ghosts; all dressed in white. Pretended cannibals went by, crying for children to be killed, for them to eat - torpedoes burst – bands still played, people danced and all the air was filled with such mingled sounds as these.

The day after the Carnival, which was yesterday, flags (our own Confederate among the number) were taken in and in all the confusion over.

My sisters have gone back to Pao Grande. Mrs. Kerr went with them. Mrs. Rowley left today. I am staying a little longer with my friend Lizzie F.

Saturday. 13th.  

Yesterday a party of us took a ride out to Boto-Fuga on the street cars. This is an improvement since we came to Brazil. On our way back, we stopped at the gate of the public gardens. “Passaio Publica”. There we met Mr. Rainey, who went in with us. We walked about awhile; looked at the magnificent bay - then took seats in a little arbor, enjoying ice doces, also heard sweet music from the band. This morning we are going to the Gallery of Arts.

Feb. 14th,

Saint Valentine's Day. In our old home this was the time to welcome little signs of spring and listen with joy to the sounds of birds. But here we forget the changes of season; they are so nearly the same.

Yesterday, our party visited the Gallery of Art as we had intended, saw many beautiful pictures – went shopping, then took a ride across the bay on a steamer. We had a strong breeze and it was delightful. When we were returning, the city was lighted. The gas looked like a circle of diamonds around the bay. We admired anew the beauties of this picture and were glad to gaze on it at this favorable hour. We then went to a pleasant saloon - had ice cream, frozen orangeade, almond candy, etc. When we returned home, we had a pleasant interchange of comic Valentines.

Mr. Pinkney told us “Good bye” tonight. He is going to Sao Paulo. Is by this time, out on the briny deep.

Feb. 15th.

All the ladies in the house went up yesterday evening, with Mr. Rainey to Castle Hill. The view from there was beautiful. The great city lay at our feet, stretching out broad and white, the magnificent bay dotted with ships, steamers and small vessels. We remained on the cool, breezy hill until the lights of heaven and earth began to burn. We then went to the Passaic Publico; listened to the music of the band and the dashing waves.

18th.

Our party has taken another delightful ride on the bay, in one of the Steamers and every evening had ice cream.

20th.  

We went out last night, visited the stores. Ladies shop mostly by gaslight. Had - as usual, ice cream, etc. and when we returned found visitors in the parlor.

21th.  Yesterday,

received two or three letters from the States and wrote some. Last evening, Mr. Slaughter came with a carriage and took Mrs. Freligh, Lizzie and me to the Government House. We saw a few Emigrants just arrived on the Steamer. We brought away a few sweet flowers, pinned them to our throats and loved them for the sake of those bright joyous days spent in the building on our first arrival in Rio. This morning we all went to church.

     Monday. Feb. 22nd. Last night, Mr. F. came for us to walk to the Pasaio Publico but it commenced raining a little and we could not. Tomorrow I will go back to Pao Grande. I want to see the home-folks but it is duller there than here. It would not be otherwise as that is country and this is city life. Still, I will be glad to return to my duties again.

66.  Visit to Petropolis

Feb. 25th.

Pao Grande. Once more under the shadow of those grand old mountains, once more near the veil of their mists.

    

Yesterday afternoon, Mrs. Kerr, sister and I with Mr. Kneese and Capt. Johnson went to visit some Brazilians. Mrs. Kerr played the piano, Mr. Kneese sang. A nice lunch was handed. Our carriage was a cart driven by two mules and we had a mat to sit on. We went this way for a frolic. We returned by moonlight. Lillies grew on each side of the road – the large white blossoms gleamed above the tall, thick grass. We crossed the noisy creek as fireflies sparkled around us and we laughed and sang all the way home.

After supper we all sat on the steps and had vocal music for several hours. Mrs. Kerr sings sweetly, and Dr. Farley also entertained us very much.

This morning we all took a ride with Capt. Johnson to show Mrs. Kerr the mill. We crossed a part of the creek where the water rushed and tumbled around among the cool gray rocks - some of these wearing mantles of rich, green moss. Some of us climbed the large rocks, crossed and recrossed the creek. Then rode down to the field where the hands were working.

26th.

We are getting ready to go up to the city of Petropolis. We will start tomorrow morning very early. Am making some more riding skirts.

28th .

We have paid the visit to Petropolis on the mountain top. Mrs. Kerr enjoyed it and I know we all did. The road was beautiful. White and hard with a stone wall on one side and on the other rose the mountains reaching high up in the sky - covered with green trees and rocks and flowers. Streams gushed out from the side, bubbling and singing, inviting travelers to drink of their cooling water.

We carried our breakfast and stopped by the way -seating ourselves on the stone wall - to eat it. When we had finished our cold chicken and light bread, etc. we drank from one of the streams. We then mounted our horses and continued our journey. We passed several deserted houses. When far up in the mountains, we looked down and saw below us, little valleys and houses with clouds rushing above them and below us. We could see the Bay of Rio dotted with its island. Among them, perhaps dear old “Dixie” though we could not recognize it. We reached Petropolis after a while - when at first to a hotel - then paid a visit to Mrs. Lane, who has two homes, one there and the other near the city of Rio, where we visited her before. She was very kind and pleasant, gave us a nice dinner at about half past four in the afternoon. We commenced our descent of the mountain.

 

We traveled for some time in the clouds and it seemed like looking over the world, into space, for we saw nothing but clouds. After a while we looked up to those we had a short time before been riding through. We reached Pao Grande at night. Our ride there and back was twenty-seven miles. Mama was growing uneasy and was so rejoiced to hear the sound of our voices and the horse’s feet, for she was leaning out of the window, listening with all her ears and all her heart. She was happy when she learned we had enjoyed it so much and without accident.

67.  Disappointments.

March 7th,

Yesterday received letters, today wrote some. It is said that Mr. Nathan has failed. I hope not. He has been a great friend to the emigrants.

17th .

We have been disappointed after such patient waiting, in getting the place which we desired. I have heard there is “luck in leisure”. God grant it may be so in this case.

23rd

I have been reading Bleak House and Ivanhoe. Father says this week he thinks he will make some decision about a home. It may be we will go to Sao Paulo. A good many of our American friends are now living there and are much pleased.

25th.

It is a lovely moonlit night. The Pao Grande mountains loom darkly up against the sky, fleecy white clouds rest lazily between us and the moon. The musical chirp of the crickets blends with the roar of the waterfall and the stream that flows from this gleaming cascade looks silvery between its green banks. The scenery is, indeed, grand and beautiful. It seems, indeed, to a shame to go to sleep and shut out the moon.

 

26th. This is a Great Saint’s Day with the Brazilians. Capt. Johnson had given his negroes holiday. Today, have read some in Shakespeare.

Tonight, we had another dance. What a lovely evening it is. Pau Grande, fresh and fair, looks lovely in her robe of silvery light and coronet of stars. What sweet music to lull us to sleep – falling water and the song of the insects. How distinctly we can see the white winding road losing themselves among the trees and shrubbery.

Saturday. 27th.  

Father came out with Mr. Judkins, Dr. Coachman and Dr. McDade. Mr. Slaughter sent us two books and a beautiful picture representing Paul and Virginia.

The negroes seem to be enjoying themselves very much. They are dancing and singing strange, wild songs.

30th

Reb was true to his name tonight - a little rebellious. After his good humor was restored, I talked to him and about heaven. He wanted to know if they had beds and sheets up there - saying he would get sleepy. His eyes looked so blue and innocent. George came to listen and prattled about heaven, too, in his baby way. The dear little fellow has gone in the other room and has left one of his little stockings by my bedside.

Thursday, April 1st.

We have played some harmless little jokes to keep up the character of the day.

4th.  

This evening, a crowd of Brazilians came to see us. Aristocracy, I believe. Our family speaks only a little Portuguese and these visitors knew no English, so we were not very entertaining to each other. Ellie, with her usual merry way, made herself agreeable, talking to one, then another, although she did not want to come down knowing it would be a labor to converse with them. Capt. Johnson made himself pleasant. One of the girls was quite pretty. It rained a little after they left. The thunder rolled solemnly overhead and “ever and anon - the lightning threw its vivid chain across the darkened heavens.” It is not raining now - but an occasional bright flame lights up the dark sky.

Monday. 5th.  We have been talking a little about going back to the States - Not that there is any thought of our so doing.

Father is somewhat discouraged about not getting that place. We will probably move into the city soon as he has so entirely failed in his plans to settle in the country. We felt a little homesick when the possibility was suggested of our going back to Montgomery. But, we will not probably go and I expect it is best after all, for us to remain in Brazil and we must crush out the longings we often have for the home of our birth and the loved and loving friends we have left.

7th.  Wednesday.

Two years ago, from yesterday, we left Montgomery, Ala. to start to Brazil. How thankful we are to be that all is so well with us.

We have had a visit from Mr. Carson, one of our dear friends of the “Marmion” who just returned from his experience at the Amazon. He gave Sister the most beautiful macaw feathers preserved in the richest colors - yellow and blue. He also gave her a wonderfully carved ring, which was made by the Indians in the country where he has been traveling - Made of a dwarf coconut.

We had a hard rain this evening, accompanied by thunder and lightning.

9th.  February.

There has been some interruption in the running of the cars. This is very inconvenient, but we expect to move into the city before long.

10th..  

This evening Papa came out and we were more delighted than usual, because he could not get here last week. The route he took to reach us was long and troublesome. The trains do not run now on account of some dispute among the head officers of the R.R.

17th. As there is nothing of interest to relate, I will give to my journal a few lines to my Grand Mother  whom I scarcely remember but love very dearly, from all I know of her through others.

Spirit of my angel, mother! 

Of I sigh, in vain, for thee,

For thy teachings, pure and lovely,

To instill their strength in me.

Oh! If thou couldst  give the language

That is lost to thee on earth -

Thoughts would then unfold like roses, 

struggling in my heart, for birth.

 

But - I would not, could not wish thee

To unplume thy angel wings

For this world of life and shadows 

Weary hearts and faithless things.

Though I never more may listen

To thy voice, once low and sweet 

Let thy Holy Spirit – Mother 

Guide me to the Mercy seat.

__________

April 18th.

We cannot go to church - as there is none to attend, but what more eloquent Sermon do we need than tall, shadowy mountains reaching up far into the blue of Heaven, bright with green grass and softly murmuring streams? Who would want music more sacred than the voice of the waterfall and happy birds!  Then - such beauty surrounds us - we can but worship the Creator who has formed and fashioned all this. A drapery of clouds rests upon the highest peak of one of these mountains. How beautiful - how soft and cool. Above this, only a curtain of blue is drawn, between us and the angel spirits that we love.

In a crowded city, where the air is polluted by dust and heat, hemmed in by brick walls; the noise and bustle of business life continuously ringing in one's ears, one must lose none of the freshness and purity of heart; where we have not even a glimpse of waving trees, green fields and blue lakes to remind us of the Heavenly hereafter. Yet, I would not like to lead always a country life.

Two Brazilian clerks came out here, not long since, who had never been outside of the city of Rio. They spent a few days and they were almost crazy with delight. They were like children in their demonstrations of pleasure.

Wednesday, 31st. Yesterday, Capt. Johnson accompanied us, on horseback, on a ride before breakfast. As we were passing the house of one of our Brazilian acquaintances, we were invited to stop. We did so and the family gave us a social welcome with coffee, cakes and butter. Showed us a beautiful stream that foamed and sparkled over innumerable rocks.

This is a day for the American Steamer to come in. I know we will receive letters. We are grateful already in advance.  How singular, that in this house are so many different nations represented - Americans from both the North and South - Mr. Warden is a Northern man. The negroes are native Brazilians and we have an educated Greek who speaks the English fluently. He is very gentlemanly and seems to be studying the language all the time. His name, is as it is called, Vessel-eka. Mr. Rummel, who sometimes visits here is a Bohemian.  Mr. and Mrs. Hayden are English and they are the nearest neighbors we have that speak our language. Mrs. Freligh has a French neighbor across the street from her and they visit sociably. Surely the Americans have a fine opportunity of comparing nationalities.

23rd.

We had a slight storm this evening and tonight the earth looks refreshed and cool in the faint light of the moon. Small flakes of white clouds rest on the dark mountain side, and the voice of my loved ones cascade is heard. Solemnly sweet this music rings out on the night air. Oh! I may miss the beautiful moonlit night and sweet serenades. when I leave Pao Grande.

 

Friday, April 23rd.

The mountains, draped in silver mists

And towering to the sky -    

From whose clear depths the stars look down 

Oh! must I say Good Bye?

Yon cascades, gleaming, pure and white    

And laughing all day long -  

The streams that break In sunny light

The night birds drowsy song.

The lovely lake, o’er whose bright  waves

I rowed the light canoe;        

 I ne’er again may dip the oar

Deep in thy waters blue.  

                                                                                                                                    

Ah! Well, I do not sigh to stay - 

The  tears may dim my eye

All this will be a vanished dream     

When I have said goodbye.

__________

April 24th. Pa came this evening - home is more pleasant now. Mama and sister showed him some paintings of fruit and flowers they copied from those gathered in the garden. Also, some sketches of Pao Grande. I carried my diary for him to read my efforts at rhyming. He said something which pleased me very much. He liked to encourage all our attempts and this does good. Mama in her own kind way, sometimes, throws a damper on my aspirations, saying “I love to know you have these feelings and at times to give them expression - but do not forget that life is much more real than it has been and I would not have you a dreamer.”

Now, I do not think I am - but I often wish for different things that now surround us – or rather; I like to picture to myself a home, which we can call our own. It is pleasant to live in realms of our own imagining, even if they do first sway like the summer clouds.

27th.

Yesterday, Father did not return to the city. He gave me a lesson in shooting a pistol. I was frightened at first, but soon got over it. “The day is dark and dreary.”

May 1st.

It is cloudy – but a few stars keep watch over the world, in its dreams whiles hundreds of fireflies sparkle bright in the darkness. How I love this quiet, this holy repose of nature.  Every now and then clouds settle themselves above Pao Grande and hang there for a day or two without any rain; but incessant gusts of wind, which sweep through the mountain gorges with sighs and howls. The doors and windows shutters slam and bang and the air sends forth no pleasant sound. The sweet music we are want to hear of rushing streams is drowned. But these disagreeable spells make the return of quiet and clear skies more welcome.

We have been quite deceived in the belief that we would have more thunder storms here than in our old home. We find that they are more rare. We have never yet seen a storm equal to those which were so frequent in summers. In this mountainous country I suppose the winds cannot sweep and we certainly have very little thunder and lightning.

May 6th Thursday. 

We had a visit from Mr. and Mrs. Hayden. They were very agreeable. We went over to the coffee house to see the interesting process of cleaning coffee.

68.  Enganho Cafe.

We often go over to watch the negroes at work. This large engenho is built with more care than the dwelling house with an immense paved court in front upon which coffee is dried and rice threshed. In the first room we enter is a number of large square vats, bricked and cemented. A stream, brought down from the mountains, is carried by a trough, through the wall and when the door is raised, the water comes rushing in, emptying into the first and deepest vats, which contains large quantities of bright red berries resembling plums, then it passes through a machine which crushes these red hulls. The grains pass between brass rollers. Water is gradually poured on to keep the brass from wearing. The hulls are carried off by water running under this mill. The grain being very slippery, goes through a trough into another vat and water is again poured on, to stand. The inferior grains float to the top, passing into the lower vats. The first sunny day, the coffee is spread out on the clean, paved court, to dry. The inferior coffee is hard and white when it is dried. In the next large long building, which has a smooth and beautiful floor like a dancing hall, the coffee is stowed away. The negroes are continually bringing in on their heads baskets of freshly gathered berries, and they look tempting, like fruit. They are tasked and all that they bring over the quantity required, Capt. Johnson pays them. Some are so expert they finish their task early in the day and thus they enjoy their labor and make money. They have a kind master and all cheerful are happy. Indeed, I never saw better management.

A heavy rain began to fall just after we went in. So, we enjoyed the company of Mr. and Mrs. Hayden in the Engenho Café until it was over.

Tuesday 11th.

At last, it seems to be settled that we will live in Rio, and I am glad. We have begun to pack and are spending the time making up new clothes for the children as we will hardly have the time to sew much when we move.

12th.

We have returned Mrs. Hayden’s hospitality at her very pretty house, near the depot, while sitting in her cool, neat, pleasant parlor, so pleasantly furnished.

13th.

Sunrise at Pao Grande

The welcome Sun comes slowly up

The misty mountains height

And fills the dewy vale below

With pure and golden light.

The mist upon the silent lake,

A veil of moonlight scene -

It slowly melt into the light

Like half remembered dreams.

Theflowers bend before the breeze

That comes so fresh and new -

Rippling the waves that mirror back

The sky so deep and blue.

__________

17th.

We are very busy today – packing. will move to our home on Wednesday. Miss Lottie Lane came out with Mr. Sampson Saturday, left today. Mr. S. is a large, heavy man, and he had an unlucky fall which made us all feel very badly. We were all going out to the negro quarters to see them dancing Saturday night and he fell or rather stepped from the door, at the back of the kitchen, into a mud puddle filled with rocks where the earth is as black as ink, almost. He had on a white linen coat and vest, beautifully starched and ironed. Imagine how he felt when he found himself struggling up. Suddenly he disappeared - We saw the glimmer of his clothes a moment only. No one seems to know what had become of him and we all grew uneasy. The gentlemen went out with lanterns to search for him – thinking, as we supposed, that he had fainted after walking off some distance - but this seemed a singular proceeding, for him to go off from the house to faint. All the ladies were really frightened, but I think the gentleman knew he had slipped into one of their bedrooms to change his clothing, but they wanted a joke and they encouraged our uneasiness. We were standing in the front door looking out when we heard voices, and several of the gentlemen came up with Mr. Sampson close by, who was evidently leaning on one of them. We expressed our joy at once, and as he reached the top step, he said, (as if in pain) - to one of the gentlemen, “For heaven’s sake, don't touch my arm.” Poor fellow - we thought it was broken, but he was not hurt at all. We did not know whether to laugh or be provoked when we found ourselves deceived, but were glad indeed that none of his bones were broken.

18th.

This is the last night at Pao Grande. The negroes had been up to say good bye. Felicia, Gertrude, Innocencia, Branca and numerous others - quite a crowd - large and small. Felicia seemed generally grieved and began to shed tears – the others from sympathy also. The little ones joined in until it was quite a scene of lamentation. This was more effective than we expected and made us sad. We had given those we knew best some presents only to “remember us by” as Negroes say. They seemed pleased, and it may be, their sorrow was genuine for they evidently loved the American ladies. Thought them very beautiful for their fair faces, so different from their ladies with such dark complexions.

Our mother does not wish to separate Joanna from a Mr. Fernando, with whom she has married. They seemed very attached to each other. Captain Johnson wishes us to take any one of his servants in her place that we may select. So, we will take Sophie, who seemed pleased to go. We find very little difference between the Negroes here and those in the States, except in the amount of work they seem able to do. Our American house servant will accomplish more than twice as much without trying.

69.  Moro du Inga.

All these fine “Air Castles” tumbled down, that were reared in the vicinity of Poa Grande. The Brazilians, so slow in making a decision and so vacillating, wear out the patience of an American and matters could not remain thus – so, “The Father”, determined at length to rent a place near Rio, Moro do Inga. Moro means a hill.  This elevated point is in the village of San Domingos and ferry boats leave its wharf every half hour during the day to go to the City. So, this would be far more convenient than Dixie Island, as he could be with his family all the time except at business hours.

The work of getting settled in the new home was a pleasant excitement to all and we felt sure of being happy there with everything to make us comfortable - with pure, sea air from all sides and the grandest of scenery to gladden our eyes. So high on the hill as to feel that we were enjoying the retirement of the country and yet so near the world that we could, in a few moments, go down to get our marketing or visit the stores in the village at our feet. So close to the great, busy city that whenever we wished we could by paying ten cents, enjoy a ride over in one of the delightful steam ferry boats. And - we were happily situated in being able to entertain our guests and scarcely a day or evening passed without the company of American friends. A community like this was rarely to be found, where such true pleasure was enjoyed in the interchange of visits. A bond, stronger than common friendship, united those who there met in a foreign land, and we will always remember gratefully our pleasures. In that time, the greatest and happiest we had had there was a comfortable freedom and being able to adopt our own fashions and customs, imitating, just as far as we wished, those of our English or Brazilian acquaintances and we cannot but regret, even at this late day, that a spirit of restlessness should have ruled the Emigrants and scattered once more, a happy band of friends. Our enjoyments were sufficient and we only wished for those best loved, in the States to join us there.

We employed, for our gardener, a deaf mute named Dominick Gannon, and who came out with Ballard Dunn and went with him to his colony, which was broken up. This man who every one called Dummy, was intelligent -could write and spell very well and for the absence of speech consoled himself by being very talkative and communicative on the slate or with his finger and we sometimes had to pretend, if we were very busy, not to see his upraised fingers or he would stop and give us a long dissertation on some favorite topic. He was good natured and industrious. We found much variety between our directions for the daily work given to him and to our Portuguese cook.

Ballard Dunn’s colony which was of shorter duration than ours on the Doce, were situated on the Iguape River in the province of Sao Paulo. Americans prospered in other localities, having their own schools and churches, in and around Campinas, are the points - Santa Barbara - Limeira – Rio Claro - Pirasaimunga, Jundiahy and Fazenda Funil.

Dr Dunn of the Doce went to Pirasaimunga to practice his profession. The American physicians had all settled in different localities and were all doing well.

Maj. McIntyre was at his residence at his Fazenda Ipihiba, still - prospering, making sugar. He had brought also, another place on the Cantagallo. All the young men had secured good situations, some as clerks in the city, others on fazendas around Rio. But the larger number of Emigrants were making themselves homes in Sao Paulo and all the new comers were drawn in that direction. Still - we had a community of pleasant size - transient visitors constantly coming and going - so our life is very far from monotonous and the Moro do Inga was indeed a happy home and we enjoyed the luxuries of this delicious climate which came to us so readily and with so little trouble or cost.

Again, we draw from the Journals.

 Thursday, May 20th.

“This evening we reached our new home after spending a day and night very pleasantly at Mrs. Freligh’s. We are all delighted. The house is situated on a high hill with a neat front yard – level - with an immense Mango tree near the walls. In place of fences, our yards are enclosed by low brick walls. Four palm trees stand, two on each side of the gate, from which a flight of steps leads down, towards the road that is bordered with flowers.

The scenery all around is lovely - even magnificent. The bay and its shipping lies in view. The valley at the foot of the hill, which is a portion of the city, makes a pretty picture. We can look down upon the tops of many of the houses, see the carriages as they pass and hear the sound of the wheels, and it seems like a panorama to us above.

We began life anew and expect to be very happy in our sweet home.

From our front door we can hear distinctly the music and the band. Music seems kindly to follow us. Our mountain serenades were sweeter but I like this more.

 

23rd.

It is night - but I cannot yet go to bed until I have written of a delightful stroll we had on the beach this evening, after gas-light, with some friends. We passed many handsome houses with beautiful yards, filled with rarest trees and flowers – heard music from the piano at nearly every step. Brazilian ladies are mostly accomplished performers.

When we reached the sea-shore, we watched for some time the great waves, silvered by the moonlight, wreathed with foam, dashing against the snow white beach – then – receding, as if to gather new force and break with a big booming sound. But, - how tame is any description, particularly mine.    Mr. Slaughter is going to teach us the Portuguese.

29th.  Saturday.

Today, Dr. McDade’s family came. We are enjoying their visit and have plenty to talk about of the old Linhares days and our Doce trials, generally.  Dr. McDade has had a fine practice and made many friends here among the Brazilians but he is returning to the States on account of the feeble health of his wife’s mother. We have had a good many visitors - have had several pleasant parties of boat riding at night and enjoyed ice cream several times, sitting on deck of the ferry boats with the breeze fanning us so pleasantly, is delightful and health giving.

June 14th.

Have been over to the City since I wrote last - had many pleasures, boat riding, ice cream, etc. Sister went to Maj. McIntyre's with Mrs. McDade and spent several days very pleasantly. Could not write in my journal last week or rather did not because each evening was so agreeably filled with company.

Went to church yesterday. How pleasant it is to go over in the way we do, taking a walk, first, down our steep hill, which exercise we rather like then, it is only a short distance to the wharf where we take the steam ferry boat. A trip over to the city is a short and agreeable ride.

Wednesday, June 16th.

I have not treated my journal as a dear friend since I left Pao Grande - I suppose it is because I have more to occupy me and I do not talk about the beautiful scenery as I did there, and yet there is a landscape on every side which exceeds all that we have ever seen. Every thing that is required to make Earth lovely is in our view. These grand irregular mountains, some half concealed by clouds, rise up a never ceasing wonder. The bay so blue – so rich in fertile Islands and grand old massive buildings, linked to this extensive City.

We are having moonlight nights and while I write, the pure, bright face of the dear old moon slips down like a guardian angel on our house. We never weary of our views and every evening the family spend, at least another hour, under our Imperial Palms, or seated below the Mango tree, on the rustic bench. Before we go to bed, we take one lingering look at our landscape.

I have been drawing some sketches of our house - have tried to make a perfect representation of the brick-wall; little iron gate, the hedge and the four beautiful Palm trees which guard the entrance to our home. We only see the top of the two which stand outside the wall as they grow on the descent of the hill.

70.  Friends Departing.

June 15th.

Mr. Pinckney left Monday for Sao Paulo. Dr. McDade family will soon be going to the States. Others are going we learn. All this makes us sad.

June 17th.

San Domingos is indeed a lovely place. We passed some beautiful residences in our walk to the beach this evening, some which reminded us of the mansions of lords and ladies and knights of the olden times. In the sea, not far from shore, are two or three large rocks, which we call the ruins of castles. Ascending the hill on our way home, we beheld another picture. A part of the City in the valley, enclosed in a nest by mountains, is looking up so peaceful in the moonlight. We returned from this to our brightly lighted parlor to mingle with the home circle and enjoy, a pleasant evening with our visitors.

19th.

This morning, Mrs. McDade returned from Bangu with Mr. L. Judkins. Dr. McDade and Father have gone out to visit Pao Grande where little Mary Johnson, who is very sick. We all feel uneasy until we hear from there.

 

21st.

She is dead - Poor little Mary. She died two hours after Father and Dr. McDade reached the fazenda. What a heavy affliction it was to the family, for she was their darling.

 

Friday, July 2nd.

I have been to Pao Grande. It was a sad visit. Put flowers on Little Mary’s grave, which we visited several times.

 

While I was away, my sister went with Dr. Coachman to attend a Brazilian wedding. The marriage of Senhora Caroline de Chamberlains to Mr. Bicha-ville, a Canadian. The father of the bride was a Frenchman, her mother a Brazilian.

July 6th.

Went with my mother and sister to pay calls this morning. the first, young Mrs. Wright, a lovely little lady from Baltimore. After walking up a very steep hill with stone steps leading from the bottom to the door of the handsome dwelling, we felt tired. It was so easy to walk rapidly in this way without knowing that we were exerting ourselves. The servant opened the door and we were glad to be seated and rest. The cool breeze came through the blinds and while we spoke to each other of the pleasant home, Mr. Wright, the elder, came in excusing his daughter, as she was not well. We enjoyed our visit nevertheless, for his conversation was cheerful and improving. We did not stay very long. Paid our next visit to Mrs. Myers. Her only child, a daughter, is an invalid. Is lame and not able to walk, her face is rosy, as if in health. She is quite pretty and her mother, one of the most entertaining and accomplished persons we have met - plays on the piano like a professor of music. We expressed surprise that she could read music so well as she turned over page after page of long overtures, and she seemed to be equally astonished that our mother had learned some of her pieces by ear. They gave each other pleasure while Mama felt that hers was quite simple in comparison.

    

Her piano is the boudoir shape of the most beautiful rosewood. All pianos we have seen are of this style. Ours is the same but not near so sweet and rich in tone.

    

This lady - who is a native Brazilian, speaks the English very well and her daughter is taking regular lessons in the language. We asked her if she had studied it, also. She said she had learned it only from her English neighbors. Her husband must be descended from some other nation as the name did not sound Brazilian. He has a large dry goods store on the Rua de Sept de Septembra.

    

12th. Monday.

We so much for the past few days as to make me forget my Journal. My friend Lizzie F. has been staying with me – returned with her Saturday evening. Attended church Sunday. Made two new acquaintances, Mr. Isaacs and Mr. Massey.

13th.

Have received a present of a large, handsomely bound book - an album of engravings, scenes from all parts of the world. This evening, Mr. Wright, his son and daughter in law, the young Mrs. W. came. We enjoyed their visit very much. She is a charming little woman.

 

14th.

 Tonight, we had visitors, among them, Captain’s Shippey and Bruce, just arrived from Santa Catharina; much pleased with that country. The gentlemen were agreeable – Mrs. F. entertained us much with a variety of sweet songs.

We stood under our palm tree for a while after they were gone - the moon shining above and below us - thousands of heavenly and earthly stars sent their brilliant, trembling rays into the cool still, air. Is it not delightful that all the year round we can enjoy this soft delirium induced sea breeze? Never looking forward to cold or dreading heat, we are always comfortable in the shade. Who would not live by the sea-shore - and in such a climate?

 

16th.

This evening, Dr. Dunn came from his home in Sao Paulo. Tomorrow night, a party of us expect to go to hear Ristori. Hope nothing will prevent. We are anxious to hear this world-renowned actress.

 

This is certainly much better for us than the life we had on the Doce. How often we “thank our stars” that we have our clothes beautifully done up, by a laundress, who brings them to us with our ruffles fluted, just as in the States. They use the furnace irons altogether here, not having fire places in the houses.

 

71.  Weatherbound.

 

21st Wednesday.

We have been to see Ristori, in the play of “Elizabeth”. We were fully satisfied - expect to go again.

For several days after we attended the theater, we were weatherbound at Mrs. Freligh’s. It rained heavily most of the time and incessantly day and night. Mrs. F. was not sorry for this as she loved to be surrounded by young people and to give them pleasure. Mr. Nathan, In the evenings, entertained us much by reading aloud and taught us some new parlor games. One of them called Gossip, was thought excellent. A whispered remark is carried around from one person to another, and when the last who hears it, is called upon to utter it aloud the sentence -  so changed as to make the meaning different entirely from what it was in the beginning and very ridiculous although each one listened and tried to repeat it carefully.

This showed us the great necessity of being slow to believe reports that are taken from one friend to another. A good many American gentlemen were in the city and every evening we had company.

Home 28th.

Dr. Johnson - Senior had moved his family up to Petropolis and they are much better pleased there. Pao Grande was beginning to be sickly - or so would appear to be.

30th.

Lizzie is spending the week with me. We read to each other in the day and in the evenings have games, cards, playing on the piano and singing and dancing.

Aug. 4th.

In the City again - we have come in to attend the birthday party of my friend L.  All enjoyed the evening, more than we could express to our sweet little hostess and her mother, who had an elegant supper and a pleasant dance.

Home again Saturday 7th.

Last night we expected to have a parlor full of company, with dancing, games, etc., but we were disappointed for the wind blew very hard - the bay became rough and the clouds threatened a heavy rain. Mr. Chas. Chamberlaine, who had taken dinner with us, remained till after eight o’clock. The storm passed and he took his leave.

10th.

Last night, the expected crowd came with the addition of Mr. Northrop, a new acquaintance just from Sao Paulo. It is needless to say the evening was pleasant. For refreshments we had oranges, tangerines and cake. Miss Lottie Lane and her little nephew spent the day.

13th.

Capt. Dozier just arrived from the Doce, came with Papa from the city today.

     We are teaching our little brothers and sisters quite regularly now. We are thinking of having some private theatricals. Mr. Nathan will be the manager if we do so.

Sunday. 15th.  

Yesterday we were much pleased by the unexpected arrival of Miss Anna Gunter and her sister Nellie, who came with their father from the Doce.

This morning we expect to hear good Mr. Preston preach. The bells are ringing now, musically and sweetly. These are the Catholic bells we hear (not ours), but the sound calls us all to join in praise and adoration to God. After the morning services in the churches, the Brazilians devote the rest of the Sabbath to pleasure or business.

Our friend, Mr. Pinkney, is now boarding with us; has left his saw mill in Sao Paulo - thinks he will not return again. He is very obliging. Goes with us every morning to market - just after breakfast, each day we go down the street getting supplies for dinner and the next morning's breakfast. We take with us, our cook or the deaf and dumb gardener, who carries two baskets, one for fruit, the other for meat and vegetables. This is the hour that ladies always go. Meat keeps fresh longer here than in the States; hung up in a cool closet we find it better for remaining there during the night.

Fruit is so cheap and abundant - we are never without it and it never makes anyone sick. Think of buying the finest oranges for two cents apiece and the most delicious bananas for one cent!

Sept. 24th. Miss Anna G. came in from her Aunt McIntyre’s.  Sister is going shopping with her and they will return to Ipihiba together to pay a visit. Miss Anna is to be married soon to Capt. Dozier of Florida. Mrs. Freligh is thinking of going to Sao Paulo - to the Funil place, to live.

72.  The Tidal Wave.

Sept. 18th. Saturday morning. 10 o’clock. We are seated in a strange place, but a very pleasant one. In the mouth of a cave, on the shore of Jurajuba Bay. We have brought our paper and pencils to take sketches of the scenery. Mr. Pinckney has just gone off. We can see him standing on a rock, gazing on the sea - now he announces to us that the tide is coming up and he thinks we will have trouble in getting back. What a pity! We wanted to draw a little longer. Mr. P is himself quite an artist, as well as my friend L - Their sketches will be worth preserving - they are – but we must go.

28th.

Last night we had pleasant company in the parlor and sweet music. Mr. Massey came to say good bye. He is going to the States. Capt. and Mrs. Dozier, the newly married pair, were here and several others.

    

Mrs. Freligh is really going back to San Paolo. This time to Fazenda Funil. How much we regret this we cannot say. One by one, our friends are leaving, mostly to the United States.  

   

An earthquake is predicted with a great tidal wave. Some of the Brazilians are going into the mountains, interior to escape, having full faith in the prophecies.

    

Oct. 4th.

Today, the great earthquake and the tidal wave are expected by those who believe in their coming. Yesterday, a thick mist spread over the mountains at midday, entirely hiding the buildings in view and dimming the sunshine. Today, at twelve o’clock, another fog came, in the same way, while the sun shone brightly. We never saw anything like this before. A chilly wind continued to blow while the mist remained.

    

13th.

Mr. Pinckney has made me a present of a pair of beautiful white doves. I felt great satisfaction tonight - having kept house, helped to cook dinner, etc., while Mama and nearly all the family spent the day in the City. She brought Mrs. Kerr home with her - the dinner was on the table when they came in. The children dressed, sweet and singing as they always are in the evening. I will tell this to my Journal because I was so glad I did not forget anything.

    

Dinner is our last meal. We have breakfast at seven o’clock and lunch at twelve and dinner at six.

    

We have no flies in Brazil or so few we scarcely notice them and they do not come in the houses. This we consider a great blessing. The dining room is the most pleasant place in the house. The sea- breeze always blows very strongly on this side and we have a view of Jurajuba Bay and the villages around it. This part of our establishment is in charge of my little sister, only twelve years old, and no one could manage better. She will not let us disarrange anything and keeps the dishes in perfect order on their shelves in the room which is devoted to the crockery. We have all the household duties divided and none of us have much to do.

    

14th.  

Yesterday evening, Mr. Massey, who has not yet left (for the U.S.)  came out with Mrs. Kerr and Lizzie. Mr. Pinckney leaves tonight for Sao Paulo, returns again to his mill. He brought some eggs to make egg nog, which we drank with much spirit.

    

Nov. 4th.

Have been out to Mr. Judkins place, Bangu. Had a delightful visit, came in yesterday. Mrs. Freligh’s family will leave Saturday and we feel very, very sad. They spent last night with us.

73.  Visit to the Paeseo Publico.

    

Saturday. Nov. 6th.

We have been over to the City to say “Good Bye” to our friends. Spent the last day with them. They have now gone to the Funil settlement in Sao Paulo. I will try to be still happy in my sweet home with my parents, sisters and brothers, doves, books and flowers - beautiful scenery and the few friends we still have left, who continue to visit us socially.

    

Dr. Rainey's family will soon be here from the United States and they will live near us. Dr. Rainey and his two brothers own the line of ferry boats that ply between San.Domingos – Priae Grande, ports on this side, and Rio. The Brazilians expect to have some Steamers, to run in opposition soon.

    

9th.

Last Sunday. Listened to a good sermon from Mr. Preston. The text “Here we have to continuing City – but we seek one to come.”

    

Mrs. Dozier starts for the Doce tomorrow. Dummy is working in the front yard and we have planted some flowers.

    

14th. Sunday.

Capt. D. gid not get off – the schooner was not yet ready, so we all went over to church this morning.

    

Mr. and Mrs. Judkins spent several days with us with their charming little family. We all enjoyed this visit exceedingly. While they were here, we all went over to hear the famous pianist, Cottachalk.

    

18th.  

We were sorry we could not see more of a new minister (Presbyterian) Mr. Moreton, who is on his way to Sao Paulo. He and his lovely wife remained at Mrs. Freligh’s a short while before Mrs. F. left. Mrs. Moreton is from Baltimore.

    

Mr. Morton preached an excellent sermon, which we heard at the House of Mr. Blow, the United States Minister to this court. There is only one church in Rio, the Episcopal, besides the Catholic. It seems strange to listen to a sermon in a private house. Mrs. Blow is a very pleasant lady with several daughters and a niece - all pretty and stylish in dress. Mrs. B and Mrs. Freligh were old friends in the States.

    

Sunday, 22nd.

Dr. Dunn has gone back to the States. Capt. McEachin’s family is now with us; they expect to get off Tuesday to return to Montgomery. How this makes us almost homesick. They will soon see our old home - which perhaps we may never see again. Another and another – thus they go – many gone - others are leaving, and some intending to go.

    

How often these lines of Montgomery, recur to me.

“Friend after friend departs -

Who hast not lost a friend? 

There is no union here of hearts

That finds not here an end.”

    

Father speaks sometimes of returning to the States. 

  

24th Tuesday.

Capt. Johnson, came down with Mrs. Brown, from Petropolis yesterday. Last night, nearly all the household went to hear Ristori – came back well pleased. I stayed with Mama.

    

Monday, 29th.

Capt. and Mrs. McEachin left last Saturday.  Nellie Gunter, her sister, went with them. They took passage on a Baltimore vessel, Had some pleasing and improving conversation with Mrs. McEachin while she was with us. She is a gentle woman and a Christian.

    

Last night went to the Passaio Publico with Dr. Coachman and Mrs. Brown, who was spending a few days with us. There is a place to feel “a stranger in a strange land” - to look in the crowd, around and see no familiar faces. We listened to the sweet strains from the band. The musicians sat in their little pavilions; entertaining all throngs that passed, perhaps with no enjoyment for themselves. The artificial stream, with its beautifully cut borders, winds its way around the beds. Swans, white and black, swam on the surface, Visitors stop to admire the grace of their movements. The sea-cow comes up at a friendly call. Tramp, tramp sounds the tread of many feet on the smooth white roads. The soft sea breeze rustles the leaves of the green boughs and the long bending palms. The great ocean, too, is near and with surf sounds out with its loud. incessant beats. We leaned over the wall, looking down upon the waves, as they came methodically up, and everything seemed to breathe sadness. When there before, I had by my side the absent friend, whose voice, I could not hear, could not listen to her gentle, musical laugh. There is something lonely in the sounds that breathe on the air - at the Passaio; even the music once so grand and inspiring was mournful. Well, I am not always there. Home is bright and cheerful and I would be so too. It is not right to be when there is so much to make us glad. Everyone at times, feels gloomy, and, as Lizzie explains it, dismal.

74.  Lines to Lizzie.

    

Dec. 8th.

Father has gone up to Petropolis, to be gone a few days, professionally. We are thinking seriously of returning to the States.

    

Dec. 20th. Line To Lizzie

I am sitting sad and lonely

And the Past - our joy renew;

As those sunny pictures linger

Round my heart – like evening dew.

And – amid the many faces  

Rising up before my view,

There is one of gentle beauty 

And that face belongs to you.

Mongst the eyes of sunny gladness

In memory meeting mine,

There are two of Havens making

And those eyes, sweet friend, are thine.

Midst the sound of merry laughter,

Coming softly to my ear, 

Is a voice of loving sweetness –   

And the one I oftenest hear,

Through the sound of distant music,

Floating o’er my burning heart,

Is a touch of fairy fingers, 

Of the Past a dearest part.

__________

    

Nov. 30th.

Several startling and painful events have cast a gloom over us. First, Mr. Sampson's dreadful and sudden death. Gottschalk too is dead; he who so lately gave so much pleasure, with his wonderful talent. But nothing saddened us more than the death of Mrs. Wright. So young and so lovely! How desolate now, must be the home so lately brightened by her presence. We spent one evening at their home, not long since, and she sang so beautifully and with such feeling, Tennyson's “Break, break, break of thy cold, gray stones.”   She seemed then to be well, but her voice was sadly sweet. Her death was sudden.

    

Dec. 24th. Friday.

Tomorrow is Christmas. We have decorated the parlor and dining room with flowers - green leaves and scarlet berries, deep purple, white, crimson and trumpet flowers droop amid the garlands. We have also added fruit, purple plums, etc. Capt. Johnson has come to help us find a Christmas tree. We have Invited all our American friends that are near enough to come and take dinner with us tomorrow.

    

Jan. 3rd, 1870.

I have more than a week to recall. Christmas Day, our friends came. Mr. D. Judkins, Mr. H. Gunter, and Manly. Duncan and Robert McIntyre, R. and Capt. Freligh. The latter is now boarding with us.  He has business which keeps him at present in the City - while his family are settled in Sao Paulo. They are on a large plantation of Col. White’s.

    

The tidal wave did not come but a great wave of emigration is again flowing towards Sao Paulo. All our friends now go to Funil that are not returning to the States. I think father would take us there if he had not been to the Doce., This Sao Paulo settlement prospered and everyone seems to be happy there.

    

In the evening we walked down to the new wharf. That night we attempted to have a little dance, but as there were no other girls besides ourselves, it ended in a failure. Still, it was pleasant enough to make us laugh a little.

    

The week passed out quietly.

    

Last Friday evening,

Dr. Coachnan and Mr. Gunter accompanied my sisters and me to Mr. Judkins fazenda – Bangu, to spend New Year's Day. Enjoyed ourselves much more than we did Christmas. Went fishing in the afternoon. It was an unusually warm day for Brazil. In the evening, it was cool and pleasant again. Came home yesterday.

    

Wed. Jan. 5th.

My sisters and I have been to call on Mrs. Rainey, her sister-in-law, Miss Blanche, and her daughter, Gussie. We are glad they have come. They have a comfortable home in San Domingos, not far from us. Mrs. R. will be sociable, will visit our mother first as her health is not good now.

    

The new ferry boats have commenced running. Yesterday the Emperor came to witness the inauguration. The bridge at the landing was decorated with wreaths and flags. The boat the emperor was on more highly ornamented still. Many flags floated from the top. Everything that is just finished must have the presence of Dom Pedro before it is considered complete.

    

9th.  

Sam Kerr and Lucius White are here from Sao Paulo, just beginning to go to Montevideo. We have heard directly from our friends, the Frelighs. They are happy in their new home. Their letters have been cheerful and we believe they are delighted.

    

12th.

Our community now is very small, but those that are left are still sociable. Our friends, the McIntyre's, are really settled and do not think of leaving. They are wise for they are comfortable in every sense of the word. Doing well and it is well that they know it and are contented.

    

Jan. 16th.

We have another little sister. There is great rejoicing in the family, as. The last four children were boys and this is a variety.

    

27th.

Dear, kind miss Margaret McIntyre is here. She takes care of our little sister and Mama's room is now the brightest and most cheerful part of the house.

    

Feb. 6th.

We have had a visit from an elegant and agreeable gentleman, Mr. Granville Wright. He has just gone.

    

11th.

Capt. Freligh is still boarding with us. We do miss our absent friends very much. But it is well they have left the city, for everyone is leaving on account of the yellow fever which is now raging in Rio. We have dry, clear weather and lovely nights. We wish for a rain as we would in the States for a frost as the streets are thus thoroughly cleaned and the air purified. A heavy rain would wash off the epidemic.

    

20th.

Business is much diminished - fever still rages. We never attend church - have very few visitors or contact with the sickness. We do not fear the epidemic on our high hill, which is swept by sea breezes, and the gentlemen here go in late and return early. They do not feel uneasy.

    

Our cook was taken sick, though not with a fever and has gone home, and we are taking turns about to attend to the kitchen work. Jose, the office boy comes over to bring us our water from the well at the foot of the hill and to get our wood, which we buy already cut. The French baker brings us hot bread to our door every morning and we manage pretty well - they bake our meats for us when we wish. But I have forgotten to tell of some changes we have made lately. Johanna, our own servant who remained at Capt. Johnson's, died of typhoid fever. We returned Sophie and have since hired a negro woman named Marlaquelina. A very good servant and good cook. We miss her badly and wish she would get well.

    

26th.

Mr. Slaughter has had a slight attack of the fever, but has recovered and spent several days with us to recuperate. Jose left us looking dull one morning and he now has the fever. He is a real negro and a good, faithful servant.

    

March 1st. Thursday. Mr. and Mrs. Judkins have sent a pressing invitation for us to visit them at their Fazenda Bangu. Their home is on the Don Pedro Railroad, about twenty miles from Rio.

75.  Letters to the U. S.

And now, while the hurried preparations are going on for this trip - we will introduce a few more letters of “The Father” written from his San Domingos home to the States.

Rio de Janeiro,                                                                                                                                                                    

June 28th, 1869.                                                                                                                                                                

Mrs.  W.B.C. Rivers.

 

Dear friend      

By the last North American packet your unexpected but very welcome letter came. I wish I could describe this country to you so that you can understand it. But after a residence here of two years, I find I cannot do so.

    

The climate is the most delicious I have ever known. The fruits are in the greatest abundance and variety. The flowers have a wealth of beauty, of fragrance elsewhere unknown. The birds are as various and beautiful as the flowers. Their songs as sweet as any other but the scenery surpasses the painter’s imagination, whether you look at the lofty peaks or the deep tangled woods of the mountain side or valley.

    

The people are very polite and kindly disposed, and the upper class will compare favorably with any we have known. The church and state, and their antiquated and cumbersome laws, retard their progress and tend to make them lackluster and effeminate, though liberal and hospitable.

    

If the Church and State were separated and a few of their old laws abolished, and the administration of the good ones enforced in a less cumbrous red-tape manner, I think there would be a rapid improvement in people and development of the country.

    

The religion as we see it, consists in priests, processions, tinsel show, shooting firecrackers and making other pyrotechnic displays. But as I have long since determined to worship God after my own conscience and meddle with no Man's religion, I give myself no concern about these things. All religions are permitted here and no one is questioned about his beliefs. The only requirement being that no other than the Catholics are allowed steeples or belfries, and that decent respect shall be observed towards the State. Religion.

    

Many of the antiquated notions of the Brazilians and much of their exclusiveness is gradually passing away.

    

The products of this country are all those of the temperate climates and a thousand others. Chiefly now, for export - coffee, sugar, cotton and tobacco. The woods and dye stuffs, medicines, minerals, gums, resins, etc. are not yet developed. Some of the finest cabinet woods in the world are found in Brazil and are unknown out of the Empire. Cattle, hogs, sheep, etc. grow here, in spite of all the neglect and bad treatment of the natives. Poultry of all kinds, flourish and yet you cannot buy a chicken for less than fifty cents.

    

Vegetables, of all kinds can be had at all times. The butter is mostly imported from Europe and never sells for less than fifty cents.

    

In the market of Rio, you could find almost anything you wish, for all quarters of the earth empty some of their products here.

    

The greatest trouble to an American is the language - Until he learns it, he cannot succeed well at anything without assistance, or at any rate, he labors under a serious disadvantage. The Brazilians cultivate the French and German more than the English. Many and most of the educated speak several languages and are beginning to learn more generally the English. Anyone who has an aptitude for language can acquire a good idea of the Portuguese in three or four months.

    

We have an Episcopal Church and English schools in Rio, but I think the Province of Sao Paulo will be the great center of American enterprise in Brazil. There are many now located there, planting and prospering, and others are constantly going. The Southerners are scattered from the Amazon to Buenos Aires. The great valley of the world will yet be the Amazon. Rich in everything and with resources that a hundred years will only partially develop. Since I wrote to Sister M., we have moved to San Domingos to one of the circumurban villages of Rio. We are about four miles from the city, across the Bay. Our home is a very comfortable one on the top of a hill which overlooks the Bay of Rio with its shipping - the little Bay, Jurajuba, which forms a beautiful sheet of water on the other side of this village Prias Grande. The views are beautiful. At night we see Rio with its gaslights on the beach extending for miles and then winding up the mountain side, in Hogarth lines of beauty until they are blended with the stars. The boats, with their colored lights waving over the water - the distant islands are scattered over the bay - Well, it is very beautiful. My house is commodious and we have about five acres attached - with fruit trees of various kinds and a garden with a poultry yard. Will soon buy a cow and then hope to have butter and milk of our own. We breakfast soon after seven o’clock, take the boat, which runs every half or three quarters of an hour from daylight till ten or eleven at night. The landing is about a five minute’s walk from the house. At nine o’clock am in my office where I remain until half past three or later, if necessary, then come home to dinner. We have a market close by where we get meats of all kinds, vegetables and fruits. Stores or vendors, are on the street at the foot of our hill where little articles of necessity can be procured. The ladies do their real shopping in the fine stores of Rio. Altogether, I do not know that we were ever so pleasantly situated before.

    

You ask about the family. I wish you could see us in our happy home. The elder daughters assist the mother and they all help each other.

    

We have our own home school. The larger girls teach the smaller children and all seem to enjoy themselves.

    

Remember me kindly to Doctor Rivers and believe me always your friend.

__________

    

The manifold letter writer which we have occasionally used in our family, has been serviceable. By writing two letters at the same time, we can refer to the original ones which we still preserve on the thin sheets of the book.

__________

Moro do Inga.                                                                                                                                                 

San Domingo near Rio de Janeiro,                                                                                                              

 June 28th, 1869.    

                                                                                                                                            

From a letter to Dr. Rambo

    

After business hours. I can go fishing, bathing or strolling around. This is the beauty of Brazil. I don't have to work every hour in the day. Public gardens are always open and there is rarely a day or night that you are not entertained by music from a full brass band.

    

From the window where I sit to write, I can see crafts of all sizes and characters and all nationalities, to the number, I should say of one thousand. Flags of all kinds are flying, bands are playing, soldiers are out in holiday attire and rockets and crackers abound. Bless me - What a quantity of pyrotechnics are gotten off here in a year.  It seems to me there are enough five hundred Saints and everyone has some day set apart for his feats.

    

Night. The lights of Rio, Butafuga, Prais Grande and other circumurban sites are to be seen from our house and it is an illumination on a scale scarcely ever seen. They seem to begin in a horizontal line at the water's edge and wind their way to the worlds overhead. Here and there you see boats with parti-colored lights darting about over the bay and the lights of homes on the islands scattered about in the water.

     

This is Saint Anthony's faesta and there is a grand display near the beach – sham battles between two forts and a ship – fine music and all manner of fireworks, etc. All the town and my family, excepting Reb, George and myself – Reb sits with over coat on, nodding whilst I write and wants to go, too. This is our winter – but what a luxury not to be obliged to provide for fires. We only need wood for cooking, charcoal for ironing. This is it indeed a delicious climate.

    

We have two students - one at about fifteen - and a Brazilian doctor. The former is of American and English parents and speaks English and Portuguese. The latter reads our language and speaks a little.

    

We have never advertised and now have only a small sign on the door post - yet we are found and they come from far and near. Our rent is very high, also taxes and with incidental office expenses we pay fourteen hundred a year.

    

So far, the firm has kept out of debt and lucid. I think our prospects are better now than ever, for we have a goodly number of patients trained to our practice and prices.

    

Coachman is a fine operator and stands very high - speaks the language well and is as polite as a Brazilian and he excels the in the French. I wish you could step in and see us.

    

Brazil is not near so far from the U.S. as it once was. You can run down in a month, from Baltimore, very pleasantly for $100.

I may write more before the end of the month.                                                                                                   

Remember me to the other Doctors and all my friends.                                                                          

Truly your friend

(To Dr. S Rambo Montgomery, Alabama)

__________

Moro do Inga.                                                                                                                                                            

San Domingos, near Rio.                                                                                                                                                

June 28th, 1869.

To Dr. C. A. Hentz Quincy, Florida    

                                                                                                                             

Dear C.                                                                                                                                                                                                   

I would have replied to your letter by the Steamer which brought it, but was too much occupied to write fully as I wished to do.

    

If I could advise you to come to Brazil, it would give us more pleasure than it would you, but it is a responsibility I cannot assume. If the examination for a license or degree, depended on merit, I could advise you to come, feeling sure that fortune would await you, but you cannot safely practice until you have been endorsed by the faculty. If you can attend an examination in French and then write a thesis in French, then, you might pass. If you would be willing to live on a fazenda in the interior, you could live and do well and practice till you learn the language and that, with your great aptitude, you would be able to accomplish in four or six months. Then you might pass an examination.

    

I am satisfied when the number of calls I receive to prescribe. (I, who am known to only a few as a physician) That you could soon, among the English and Americans alone, command a practice that would lead to a competence if not a fortune. There is but one English physician here; he has more calls than he can attend -  Is not a strong man. Am unacquainted with him. He is just such a man as you would think as loveable – gentle, kind and affectionate - but is not the man to grapple with grave emergencies. This is the estimate I believe, from his friends and patrons. He lives far from the City and of course cannot spend all the time a physician ought, in his office.

    

July 11th. Time goes by very rapidly, and we frequently receive letters and papers by the English and French packets.

    

We are on a high hill – In full of Rio, the bay and its shipping. We nightly hear the pulse of the great Atlantic beating on the beach. All around the mountain sides are beautiful residences and gardens, nestled in the luxuriant verdure of this tropic clime. You can form no idea of the richness and grandeur of the scenery.

    

The Imperial Palms is the most perfectly symmetric and graceful tree that I have ever seen. Four of them stand at our front gate. A large Mango, with its dense foliage, rears itself to the right, from the parlor door and under it a rude bench. All around the yard, within the wall, which encloses it, is a hedge of evergreen of some short shrub, like an air plant. The foliage is a very rich oily green. From the front gate we descend stone steps - which lead out upon our hill, which has a gravel slope to its base - around the foot of it is a fence - which divides us from the street. Our well is also enclosed, as is only a few steps from the lower gate.

    

Our hill is over a hundred feet high. The side is terraced and planted in fruit trees with spaces in plenty for vegetables and grass. I am preparing to plant grass, capin, so that I can keep a cow.

    

Capt.  Johnson, an American friend, has just sent me a sack of coffee of beautiful quality from his own fazenda. You seldom get the best in the U. States. The best sells here often at 10 & 12 $ 5 & 6 per arroba.32 lbs. and is sent chiefly to England and France. I have been so disappointed in my negotiations for a fazenda that, for the present, I intend to devote myself to my profession and wait like Micawber. I have an interest in a meat curing process but it does not get on to suit me, and I think and I think I may realize nothing from it, though. If I had capital could make it the greatest business in Brazil. Meat is cheap and abundant and could be prepared here, for all Europe. I do not mean in this part of the Empire, but south of this and on the river La Plate. Good fat mutton in the Argentine Republic is said to be used for fire-wood. From 60,000 the sheep had increased to 60 million. That portion of this continent and the Amazon Valley are going to be the great and wealthy portions.

    

You ask me what Chacaca is. The agua dente de canna made from cane juice, rum being the spirit made from molasses. Good Chacaca is pure and makes a pleasant stimulant – pronounced caxsah - like your whiskey in its effects, but has a flavor of its own. Indeed, when you consider alcoholic drinks - alcohol is the best, because it is pure; brandy, gin, rum, whiskey, etc. being only alcohol, containing some of the essential oil of the grape, cane or corn.

    

You ask what we eat. I answer almost everything except bacon and greens, and may soon have that. For breakfast, we have either beef steaks, hashed meat - mutton chops- broiled bacon, fish or oysters. There are certain dishes nearly always present. These are, Carne-secca (dried beef), fajecas – black beans – Farinha da mandioca - these three constitute the chief food of the Brazilians.  Americans generally became fond of these articles of diet.

    

We have fruit every day, mostly oranges and bananas. Our dinners are similar to breakfast with the addition of soup and we keep our seats until coffee and wine is brought out to every man's table. We prefer the claret, in our warmest weather. Have a Norwegian friend who has gone to Hamburg on business and will bring me some fine wines.

    

Our bacon here, is English - canvased cost 50 cents per pound. Duffield hams I have bought for 35 cents a pound. For English or Baltimore hams we pay 50 cents.

    

The fish market from the side of the bay is poor, but in the Rio market we can get all kinds of fish from fresh sardines to groupers, weighing four or five hundred pounds – have seen sides cut from these fish larger than a quarter of beef. The mullet here are enormous. I have seen them five times as large as any I have seen in the Gulf of Mexico. All the gelatinous fish, sharks, eels, craw fish, as large as lobsters, crabs, shrimps, pompano, a few trout - bluefish - flounders, etc. ad infinitum, are in the market. Indeed, - the market is a wonder, a sort of a world’s exhibition. Ice from Massachusetts and parrots from Australia, onions from Portugal, Codfish from New Brunswick – beef tongue from Baltimore and from the Banda Oriental. You can find anything from anywhere and often the extremes of the earth in juxtaposition.

    

Occasionally I go down after dinner to the “old ferry house” - now occupied by a friend from North Carolina, and catch fish and crabs. The parasites and the dawnings of animal life that are to be seen clinging to the rocks are very interesting, and I spend almost every day, some minutes in quiet communion with these mute brothers of mine as I wait for the boat. I generally go down a little in advance of the time - for fear of missing the eight o’clock Steamer.

    

Enough of Brazil for the present. I wish we could enjoy its delights together.

The girls have gone in the city to church. The Episcopal.  “The Mother” attending to some household duties - and the little ones at play.

    

I wish you could visit us and see our whole family, now.                       

Love to all and write when you can to your friend and brother.

__________

 

San Domingo, near Rio,                                                                                                                                                                

 July 11th, 1869.                                                                                                                                                                      

To Mr. G. P. K. Montgomery, Alabama.

                                                                                                                          

Dear Brother,                                                                                                                                                                           

Your appeal to me to come back is very strong - the argument is good and addressed very cogently to my feelings and my judgment. It is certainly very flattering to know that we are held in such esteem that our friends would be willing to donate funds to enable us to be with them again. But, granting all - what would I do if I was back in Montgomery in my old home and free of debt? Could I certainly support myself? If much of my practice should return would it be able to pay? Whilst I do not say that I will not go back I think it would be unwise for us now to do so. We are living comfortably and not getting into debt. Our practice is still improving and promises to be much as we wish. Rent and taxes are high. We are proportionally pushing up prices.

    

My children have not such advantages in education as I wish, but in Montgomery, would be no better off, unless I returned with money. They are certainly improving, however, in their studies and reading at home. The little ones are learning rapidly enough and gaining in health and strength. If I was rich, I would like to live in Brazil and visit the U.S. occasionally. I believe I like the country better every day.

    

Sunday 18th. The Steamer will be here in two more days, Unless I write today, may not be ready with my letter when she sails, for we are kept very busy lately.

    

Last night and today it has rained. The first we have had for two weeks. We shall soon have a garden now, and the children are raising poultry - so we are settled down quite homelike.

    

There has been some yellow fever here, chiefly among the sailors, but no one seems to apprehend that it will become epidemic. And now that it has rained, I suppose it will all disappear.

    

Dr. Dunn arrived day before yesterday from Sao Paulo, quite fat and says Sao Paulo is the finest country he has seen. He is making money – as is everyone there, whether at profession, trade or planting. All our people are prospering, there. Some are here now to buy more negroes. Cencir has just returned from a visit to Sao Paulo and is much enthused with the country as the others. Ben Yancey is so delighted he is going to try to persuade his Mother to come. Capt. Shippey and Bruce are just up from Santa Catherina. They look very robust and say that is the chosen part of the earth, and they agree it is much the same as the table lands of Sao Paulo.

    

The railroad system of Sao Paulo has taken a fresh start and will soon be very efficient, bringing the fine lands of the far interior near the coast. Col. Thompson and Maj. Jones think Sao Paulo the finest country they have seen.

    

Your old friend Newman has moved to Sao Paulo and is, as I understand, doing well. So has Miller from the Doce and indeed, it is almost another Confederacy. Sixteen persons came on Nathan's vessel from New Orleans - all went to Sao Paulo.

    

One o’clock. Have just finished my lunch. Think you would have enjoyed some fine Vinho Brancho, which we had.

    

Dr. Hentz wishes to come to Brazil and if you and your family, with his, would join us in Sao Paulo I think I would never desire to get fifty miles from home. The country is growing and prospering so that we could soon have our own of everything - schools and churches, etcetera. We could have peace, health, quiet and independence in a climate that is delicious, affording everything we have in the temperate zones, adding thereto all the tropic productions.

    

The girls yesterday went over to the city to hear Madam Ristori in “Queen Elizabeth”, the Emperor and everybody was to be there. They intended to go to church today and will remain till evening, but the rain which is falling will doubtless prevent their going.

    

Mr. Miller- our Doce neighbor, who remained on the lake awhile after we left, is now living in Sao Paulo. He writes to me and me that they are quite satisfied with the country. From all accounts affluence awaits them. Mr. Nathan has a very large tract of land which is said to be very fine. He looks forward to the day when he can establish a cotton factory. If one was in operation there, it would out pay the gold mines. And – if in place of cotton, the ramie was cultivated, they would still be greater. The growing of this plant is going to be a source of great wealth to Brazil and to those who raise it.

    

Mrs. Miller says the vegetables, poultry and cattle are finer than any she has ever seen. When one can grow provision and fruits so abundantly and cheaply he must keep his physical man in good condition and prosper and be happy.

    

I have no doubt Coachman’s father and family will come. We'll hear from you again next mail.

For the present, Adieu,                                                                                                                                                                     

Your brother

__________

 

San Domingos.                                                                                                                                                                                         August 23rd, 1869,                                                                                                                                                                     

To General Hawthorne.                                                                                                                                                    

 

Dear General,                                                                                                                                                                   

Your very welcome Letter of July 19th. came by last Steamer.*****

     

I received the Montgomery Mail, The Eclectic Magazine and Land We Love and from them gather enough to feel still quite satisfied with Brazil. The climate and productions are such that one feels if they were removed from the necessity of labor, they might reverse Job’s remark and say, “I would like to live always.”

     

My present home on the high hilltop is more convenient and comfortable than Dixie and, you know we both agreed that we had a small Paradise. I sold my lease on Dixie to some Englishmen. They invested largely in chickens - the pest got among them and killed them. Three very high tides swept over the lowlands and destroyed the vegetables and a long drought finished those above the water. Just then, the gentleman, Mr. Heinemann, received a Letter from his father in England, offering him a situation and money to pay his passage home, and he went. His partner remained and has gone into business here. Dixie then passed back into the hands of its owner.

    

Dr. Dunn is here - expecting to go before the board, for a diploma. He has done well in Sao Paulo. Morgan left recently for Georgia. Kneece is here, helping to build the new ferry house. Cogburn Is overseeing for Capt. Johnson. Slaughter is teaching in Rio and Cencir still edits the “Reflector”.  Sampson has a large contract on Dom S.P. Railroad and Thompson. Shears, Shippey and others are with him.

    

All the Confederates are doing well, perhaps better than they could in the States. Nathan publishes a weekly, edited by Capt. Freligh and it is a good paper.

    

A few immigrants continue to come from the South, and all or nearly all go directly to Sao Paulo.

    

The railroad to Campinas is to be built and then extend indefinitely. The country there has grown so rich and prosperous that the demand for a railway is very urgent.

    

Coachman and I are making a living, and I think building a good reputation. But I am tired of professional life and so long to get away from its peculiar annoyances.

    

My prospects in curing meat is at a standstill. Wharton, Capt. Johnson and I formed a company and united with Rodacanachi. It was all informal. Rodacanachi was to obtain the privileges and furnish capital and we were to be equal partners in the firm.

    

The privilege was obtained from the Minister for the Province of Rio Grande de Sul for five years and there the matter stands. We of the company are the only parties that know the secret, but outsiders, I think, influenced R. to believe the process was an old and exploded one, although we exhibited specimens of bacon, hams, dried beef and pickled pork and beef, put up in the hottest part of the summer and under the most unfavorable circumstances, which after three and even six months was perfectly good.

    

Now, about the matter to which you refer. Must thank you most kindly for the offer you make. It appears to me that I could manage that matter readily. If you can get the right for this continent do so - you can, by paying a certain percent and receipts and thus need no capital there will be no difficulty in getting all the money that might be required in the business here. The plan is first to secure the privilege and then sell local rights for various places - reserving for the company, a right in some good place where the work could be carried on in a grand scale. I went to see Dr. Galvao but he was not in. I know the plan of securing the right and will inform myself fully and then write you if I am wrong. With a little knowledge of chemistry, do not doubt that I can tan leather. The plan is to get the process here - tan some hides and then apply to the Minister for the privilege. The Minister refers it to the Society Auxtil.  National, who pass upon the merits of the matter and if they vote in its favor the privileges is granted, if not, refused. This is the simplest way of getting a patent here. Should it fail, it may be brought before the Camara in May next and be granted by special act.

    

Rodocanachi has the right to slaughter all animals for the Rio market. No one can butcher without paying him so much and this is a princely fortune annually. Now - a tannery, by his slaughterhouse would supply Rio with leather.  But for sheep, the Argentine Republic is the country. I have some friends in the Society Auxilidare - think I could very confidently apply to them for assistance in this department.

    

Let me hear from you as soon as possible. We have another, an English line of Steamers from here to New York. Leaves here on the 7th for New York direct, thence to Liverpool, thence here and hence to and back again, for New York. It takes passengers for L 35, $175.00.

We are all well,                                                                                                                                                                    

Your friend

__________

 

 San Domingos.                                                                                                                                                                

 Nov. 16th, 1869

.                                                                                                                                                                       

My dear Colonel,

Professional engagements during the day and company at night prevented my replying by the Steamer that brought me your letter. Have been very busy and also very tired all the time lately. Read late, but must lie down. But enough of that.

    

Capt. McEachin had just dined with me and we drank to your health and recalled the days when we were at Cumberland Gap – the good old days – the memory is pleasant.

    

There is possibility that I may leave this country - as much as I love the climate. Am delightfully located and enjoy life as much as anyone can – although the remote reasons for leaving the States are as forcible to my mind as ever – still, I may return.

    

I left, as you know, because of anarchy which I expected to prevail - of the poverty that was already at our doors and the demoralization which I thought and still believe will surely cover the land.**** Feeling as I do – philosophizing as I have done - convinced as I am -  I say I may return. Why? The reasons must be cogent. They are - but have not yet determined me, if the order of my family was reversed and the boys came first, I do not think I would entertain a thought of leaving Brazil - as it is, I cannot carry out my plans, but must stick to city and professional life which means live rich and die poor.

    

The practice we have here is good. Within a year, our practice has spread and we get patients from every direction. It daily increases and another year still will give us all the foreign and much of the elite of the native practice we now have. But - I am not as young as I was once.

    

The social lines that have bound me to Brazil are loosening daily, for despite the fact that I find friends among the foreigners, my feelings fervently fondle about a genuine rebel. - soon there will be but few left near Rio. If I had followed my original plan and gone to Sao Paulo, I should have been located fir life. If my friend Sampson had lived, I might have still settled in Sao Paulo and grown rich. But there is something hewing at my plans and works on them with a will.

    

My wife has just come in and said “I want to see what you say about going back to the States.”. I asked if she wished to return - She replied “I am satisfied with the country - but we have to think what is best for the children.” She is charmed with Brazil and well she may be for refinement is really delicious and all the family in such fine health that life is a luxury.

    

Capt. McEachin will leave next week and with him you will have some pleasant talks. He and his family will be with me a few days before they sail.

    

When you must think of me - I'll be with you in spirit. Remember me to all your family. Gov. Watts and other friends.                                                                                                                                                                        

Your friend,

To Col. D. S. Troy                                                                                                                                                              

Montgomery, Alabama                                                                                                                                                                                                  __________

 

Rio de Janeiro,                                                                                                                                                            

Nov. 21st, 1869.

My dear Doctor,

I embrace the occasion with Capt. McEachin’s return to send you as an earnest of my good feeling, a bottle of Laranginha - an alcoholic drink made from the bitter sweet orange Laranja dos terres of this country.

    

I write you this note on the bark or cuticle taken from the husk of a leaf from an Imperial Palm which stands by my front gate.  This I send as a curiosity - the leaf lies under the thin paper in my manifold letter writer on which I write. We can also use ink and it does not bleed. By the husk I mean the part which is correctly represented by that portion of the corn leaf which encloses the stalk. The leaves are dropped at regular intervals and each one leaves a ring around the body of the tree. This palm is the perfection of beauty and symmetry among trees.

    

I wish I was sufficiently independent of the necessity for daily labor to give me a leisure month. I would like to make for you and the society a collection of the curious things of this country. Among others, I would like to get a specimen of Eliphantiosis so common here. Monkey hands, heads and feet - specimens of birds, reptiles and curious plants. I might also, collect some parasites so singular, and the flowers, so curious and beautiful.

    

I think Darwin would get lost among parasites. I long for the ability pecuniary to be confined to my profession never more than three hours a day and to be able to devote the rest to study - learning more of nature in animals, plants, etc, but my nose is to the grindstone and there it will probably stay till it turns its sense into account in that other existence to which I look forward with much pleasure.

    

All the family are well. Our health has been uninterruptedly good since we got our first imbibition of malaria out of us.

    

I did want to write you a letter, thanking you, for some things and dissenting in your letter to Dr. Nott, but I don't have time. I cannot write at the office - It is rebel headquarters and full of either rebels or patients. At home, I cannot write in the evening as we usually have company - and Sundays, I generally find myself surrounded by little ones, to whose pleasures I must attend. You will learn from my wife, who writes, also by Captain McEachin something of our pleasant home, so I will not add more.                                                                                                        

Your friend   

                                                                                                                                                                                                   

To Dr. W O. Baldwin                                                                                                                                                           

Montgomery, Alabama

 __________

76.  Fazenda Bangu.

Once more, we draw from the journals

Moro do Inga, March 14th, 1870.

Things have changed about, since I last wrote - though it is only eleven days. Pa and Mr. Judkins have arranged a place for us to live at Bangu until we start to the States. Had been there a week or more when Pa, Mama and I came back to our old home to pack. Some of the things we don't expect to open until we reach Montgomery. Ellie and I expect to go on a visit to Petropolis. I have stopped in the midst of the packing to write in my journal - the last time in our dear San Domingos home. We cannot but feel sad - for, we love this place very dearly and have been very happy here. Still - we look forward with pleasure, to our voyage back and wish we could take with us the climate and the palm trees and many things which are delightful.

    

There sits our little stuffed dog looking as wise as if were, wondering whether he too, is going. I expect he will - for as Pa loves his curiosities so much, he will be very sure to take him.

    

We will here give an interesting history of our little dog written by Lizzie F. The particulars given by Madame Tissot.

    

More than forty years ago, this little stuffed dog whose name was Fidele, was the pet of a French lady, and while traveling in Italy he suddenly died. His fond mistress had his skin stuffed and as I was told, had the kind expression of his eyes imitated. The lady afterwards emigrated to Switzerland, where she died, bequeathing the dog to a friend who had an only child which was a daughter. This friend came with her little girl to Brazil, bringing the dog with her. The little daughter grew up and soon after her marriage died and the stuffed dog with other relics descended to her daughter - She afterwards became Madam Tissot. She gave it to a little American boy, Willie Freligh. About one year from the time Willie came into possession of it, his parents were preparing to move to another province. Not wishing to take the dog with him, he presented it to his American friend then residing in Rio de Janeiro, little Willie Keyes!

    

Now, if this mute little “Fidele” takes voyage to the United States and his history is continued, It may prove a yet more interesting one.

    

Bangu. April 11th, 1870,

Returned from Petropolis Friday. Weather was exceedingly cool while there. Enjoyed it very much. The Imperial Family came up while we were there and all the aristocracy of the place went out to meet them. The procession was quite imposing, a long double row of carriages - in front of the Emperor's equipages - and a body of men on horseback. They all passed under the beautiful arches prepared for the Emperor's reception into the palace grounds. There are three palaces- one in Petropolis, one in the city, and one on the Dam Pedro Railroad – St Christiano. We see the grounds of this one on our way to Bangui.

    

The emperor invited all the lookers-on to alight from their carriages - knowing he was tired from his long ride we left him to rest. That night and the one following, the streets were brilliantly illuminated and there was a great display of fire-works. I am going to begin teaching the little ones again.

    

The Paraguyan War has ended and the Brazilians are having great rejoicing.

    

April 17th, Sunday.

We have been walking in the Avenue. We are busy all the time in the week and the days passed pleasantly with the Judkins family. We sew all day, nearly - about sundown all go to the orange groves and enjoy eating the delightful fruit. Prepare ourselves with knives to peel them and sit under the trees - thinking always that it will be a great privation to leave them. At night when the children of the two families are asleep, we either read, make tatting or play chess or cards.

77.  The Bamboo Avenue and the Festival in Rio.

    

April 23rd.

Ma has been very sick, Pa sent for a quantity of ice, which we think saved her life - for before it came, neither quinine nor morphine was of any use - and the fever could not be broken.

    

Mr. Judkin’s whole family has been so very kind.

    

March 6th.

We are busy sewing. Mama is well again, though not yet strong. She too is busy and all are in fine spirits making clothes. How the machine goes! And how we enjoy our work. We call Mrs. J, our “Madam Demarest”, because she keeps up with the fashions better than we. We consult the magazines and refer to her. She too, is getting ready to return to the States and is happy at the thought of meeting her with family and friends. She certainly had a delightful home here and every comfort of life. The house, we imagine - large enough for a good many families was once the home of a Baron and it is interesting to walk about from room to room, some of which contain remnants of old abused furniture. The part occupied is very well furnished. Has quite a large and handsome parlor and two sitting rooms. One in which we sit to sew, has an old piano that is unused, except to spread our work upon when basting or cutting out; a number of large and pleasant bed rooms and at each window of the general sitting room hangs an iron balcony. When the blinds are open to the floor and we place our chairs outside, it is delightfully cool and we can watch the moon and stars and look around on the darkened mountains and the quiet valley.

    

12th.

How I wish my pen was a painter's brush and that the gift was mine to place on paper some of these rich views. How I would like to keep with me always a picture of the Bamboo Avenue, which is the greatest attraction of the Fazenda. This bamboo is an immense cane and the avenue is formed by two rows, planted about thirty feet – the boughs at the top meeting overhead, forming a beautiful arch. The ground is carpeted with dried leaves and husks which continually drop, while the leaves at the side and overhead remain always green. The opening at the river's end looks very small as the avenue is more than two hundred yards in length. Here it is always cool and we enjoy morning and evening walks under this delightful shade - and there we often sit to eat oranges.

    

Mrs. Judkins is painting a view of Bangu from the front - It will be very beautiful. She has made some pencil sketches of the mountain scenery.

    

20th

The Count De Eu returned from Paraguay not long ago. And the Brazilians seem to want to show him all homes possible. A week or two ago they had rejoicings and the city was brilliantly illuminated.  from the 21st of this month to the 28th there is to be general demonstration of joy. Several sham battles on sea and on land and various displays of fireworks - of course. The Brazilians seem to think very much of such forms. Father wants us to go to witness the grand spectacle, but the yellow fever has broken out again in Rio, and I expect we will be disappointed as we would be afraid to stay all night in the city. I would like to go very much.

    

Little Tommy Judkins speaks only the Portuguese language. It is very amusing and interesting to listen to him. He and George play very happily together and George is now mixing the languages. Little Mary Judkins was born here in this great old mansion. Little Mattie at Santo Domingo in our home called the Moro de Inga. When they meet in years to come, they will speak of these places that they will not remember - and tell that they were born in a foreign land. Little Mattie in midsummer, on the 16th of January.

    

We will all have much that is pleasant and useful to recall of the varied scenes for which we have passed. Many and great beauties will remain in our mind of the glorious mountain scenery and the rich forests and we would gladly carry with us the soft, healthful sea air. We may yet sigh for all this when winter winds make us shiver in the U.S.

    

30th.

We have had some disagreeable rainy weather, once, since we came to Bangu - and as the sun remains behind clouds for several days it was really chilly and we all agreed that a fireplace would be cheerful, and comfortable. Mrs. Judkins had charcoal put in a little furnace and we sat cozily around warming our feet, and we had shawls over our shoulders. This weather does not come often.

    

The great fiesta is over and we feel that we have lost the privilege of witnessing the grandest sight of all.

    

As it seemed a little unsafe for us to go in the city at that time, ”The Father” enjoyed the whole scene for the rest -  listening to his accounts was almost equal to having seen it ourselves.

    

The war with Paraguay was closed after the death of Lopez.

    

When the Count De Eu, Commander in chief of the Allies returned to Rio, the Imperial family and some of the highest dignitaries of State went out to meet him on the Bay in a Steamer, handsomely decorated in real Brazilian style, with flags, wreaths and gay colored pennants. They landed at the Naval Arsenal, which is at one end of Rua Dereita. The procession then passed on foot to the Business Palace on Palace Square, where the Count received the congratulations of the people. For some hours they thronged the building. Soldiers were stationed on each side of the street to prevent the crowd from blocking the way, but to no avail. The mass became so dense, the Emperor begged permission to pass, waving his hat imploringly, which he had taken off to cool his brow. Then followed a three-day jollification or festival. The whole city was illuminated - arches of gaslights crossing the streets, were arranged at great cost. Temporary buildings were erected, covered with flowers and wreaths, some of them representing forts that had been taken. In the arsenal of war, which was illuminated with calcium lights, were gathered all the trophies, cannons, battle flags, etc. as was the Sword of Lopez, which he wore at the time of his death, and the spear with which he was killed by Jose Diable.

    

Festoons were suspended, having a most beautiful effect, arranged it by many different colored tumblers containing lights; their glasses fastened with wires. Elevated buildings were placed in the streets high above the crowd, as Pagodoas for the musicians.

    

The Brazilians have more taste in their display of fireworks and city decorations than any other nation and a vast amount of money is expended at their festivals. After all this, a very handsome building was raised on Campo Santa Anna - with an immense arch in the center - decorated as was everything else in brilliancy. This had not been taken down when we passed through the city the last time.

    

Jun. 5th. Sunday.

We have been as busy as possible, getting ready to start some time this week to the US. We have gathered some curiosities, but not as many as we wish to take with us. We are too busy - and I do not take time to write in my Journal.

78.  Out on the Ocean.

June 12th, 1870. Sunday.

On board the “Wavelet”. On the morning of the 10th, we came out to our ship - was very seasick. The sea was rough, although the sky was clear and blue and no vestige of a storm. The Captain seemed to think this was strange. We regretted very much that Mr. Judkin’s family did not come with us, but he had not yet sold his place and he did not have a definite time for leaving. We had. so much hoped to make the voyage together. Still, we feel sure they will soon follow.

     

Our last evening in the City was sad, though very pleasantly spent. Our American friends were with us - took us to the ice cream saloons for the last time. Then we returned to the office and had music on the piano. Tried to be cheerful, but it was an effort, for although we rejoiced to know we were returning to our native land, we could not help these regrets - leaving behind some who had been, throughout the years of our stay in Brazil, so kind and true. Who had been - but I cannot say how much we felt at parting with one who had filled a brother’s place in our house and our hearts. But he is now more lonely than we. He returned to his office - number 43, and found it different from what it had been. I know he will find it hard to be cheerful, for he will remain several years. Perhaps. There were never hearts so divided between joy and sorrow. Joy at returning to the States – sorrow at leaving Brazil.

    

13th.

We have brought with us the pet doves, and they do not seem conscious of being out at sea.

  "Out on an ocean all boundaries, we ride  –

    Rocked by the waves of a rough, restless tide

    We are homeward bound, homeward bound.”

__________

    

We have on board as passengers two gentlemen from New York, one from Baltimore, and also a Canadian who is taking his Brazilian wife. We find they are the same whose wedding my sisters attended while we were at Pao Grande.

    

June 14th, Tuesday.

About 9 o’clock A.M. sighted a Brig - after getting near enough, found she wanted to speak to us. Could not distinguish her name, as it was in white letters on white ground - which proved her to be Dutch, as well as the North German colors she was flying. Her captain wanted correct longitude having been some time at sea. Found his reckoning to be 30 minutes out of the way. His being 39.22’ ours 39.43’ West.

    

After passing the usual salute of dipping our respective of flags, we parted - probably never to meet again.

    

The above passage was written in my diary, by a gentleman – me, not understanding nautical phrases. I asked him to make this note for me.

    

We do not suffer now, free from sea sickness, and the days passed quickly and pleasantly. At night we have singing and conversation, sometimes card playing.  in the day we sew or read and the children are perfectly happy. They play most of the time on the lower deck among the sailors and they cannot possibly fall overboard. The officers and all the crew are kind to them and seem interested in the four little boys, looking like stair steps - when all in a row. They allow them many privileges and often play with them.

    

June 17th, Friday.

Yesterday morning, the wind became fresher. The water is still a little rough. About 3 o’clock sighted a sail on the weather bow, proved to be a brig, traveling through the same way as ourselves - overhauled and passed her about 8 p.m. Wind now became a little more blustering, causing our ship to dip her nose under water, some of which coming on the quarterdeck, sending the lady passengers below - 11 o’clock P.M. took in the fore and main royals to make the vessel ride a little more easy. This morning carried away our jib – top sail – slowly, the wind being so viciously inclined.

    

This note was also taken down by the same gentleman who assisted me before and he is also marking on our map the course we are taking - each day we see how many miles we make on our voyage. This will not be so pleasant as our “Marmion” travel. The quarters, although fitted up for passengers, are very close and we stay below as little as possible. Almost everyone sits on deck to prevent seasickness. We enjoy the breath of the ocean.

    

June 19th. Sunday.  

Having favorable winds and very little seasickness.

    

27th.  

This morning saw a whale, not a very large one.

    

We understand that Mr. Smith is a fine performer on the banjo. He says if he only had the materials, he would make one and give us music. I have given him a porcupine skin, which was a present from Mr. Pinckney - did not like to sacrifice the beautiful fur, but the prospect of having music overcame my dislike to part with it. The wood - brass band, etc. has been found on the ship, and he has gone to work to make a banjo. Ellie had some guitar strings, which she contributed.

    

June 27th, Sunday,

a ship passed us this morning from Spain bound to Australia. We have seen another whale, larger than the last.

    

The banjo is finished and yesterday Mr. Smith gave us a few tunes. He plays delightedly and sings remarkably well. Had no idea he could have made such a good instrument or could bring such music from it.

     

July 13th.

We expect to stop at the island of Barbados and we are much pleased at the thought of seeing land. Had quite an excitement on board, a few days since - some of the gentlemen caught a fearful looking shark. They are drying its jaw bones.

     

There was an eclipse of the moon last night.

    

July 21st. Thursday.

Saturday morning, we reached Barbados - what a beautiful picture – the green robed hills were to our eyes, so long accustomed to the broad field of waters. We all went ashore except Ma, who remained on the ship with the children. We saw shingled roofs once more and it made us homesick. We spent several hours in shopping - having learned that some kinds of goods -, linens, silks, etc, were much cheaper; there being no duties upon them as the town belongs to the English. We only regretted that we had not a large sum to lay out in such articles as we always need. We returned again to the “Wavelet” much pleased with our short visit to the Barbados and the friends of an hour, who showed us some kind attention.

    

We are now on our way again.

    

We learned - while on the island that an earthquake had occurred on Guadeloupe on the 10th of June and that is why the water was so rough - near the coast when we were leaving Rio. we also heard the news of the death of Dickens, who died on 9th

    

July 28th, Thursday.

After leaving the Barbados, the winds were fair and our ship has made good time. Some days we have sailed so rapidly we find it unpleasant to walk on deck. We enjoy sweet music from the banjo every night.

    

Today the gentleman caught a large porpoise - caused quite a stir and bustle on deck.

    

July 31st.

We are only within a short distance of New York, but contrary winds prevent our getting there.

    

I must mention a little exhibition - put on by the sailors for the amusement of the children, but which the grown people enjoyed nearly as much. Two of the men costumed themselves into one elephant by putting a mattress over their head, which they covered with a gray blanket - the tail was made of one of the rope swabs which they use to wash the deck The head was shaped properly and with the four feet below - the animal seemed to move heavily along. Another sailor made music with a cane-pine and circus was satisfactory, better than a show on land - at least the children so.

79.  The Alarm.

Supper was just over and part of the family had gone up on deck. The others still seated around the table, when suddenly a flash of light, broad and bright illuminated the whole saloon. We seemed to be surrounded by flames. In that one moment an age was lived. The fearful thought that the ship was on fire brought a scene before our minds never to be forgotten. The last struggle of life, in a death at sea. It was awful! Our first deep impulse, in the agony of the moment, was to gather in a last embrace our dear family, that we might, in parting from the world, be together in eternity. We made one step towards the door, a few exclamations of horror were heard - Madame de Boucherville fainted away; when quite as suddenly as the great flash appeared, it was gone - and then we learned the cause of our alarm.

    

Capt. Osborne, a passenger, who then returned from the pantry explained it. He was quite pale with fright, (although an old sea man) but he has not lost his presence of mind. Finding at once, that the light was in the pantry, the door being open, he rushed in and saw a lamp was upset and the fluid burning on the floor which had spilled in different directions. Ford, the black Steward, had jumped on a barrel in the corner and was standing, only as a bewildered looker on, after his stupidity in attempting to fill the lamp while lighted - some of the fluid, which had dripped on his hand, caught fire, and this made him drop the lamp. Capt. Oswald picked up a large damp cloth which was lying spread at the door, that Ford had been using to wash up the floors, threw it on the blaze, putting it out instantly.

    

This was certainly a moment of the greatest fear we had ever experienced. How thankful we all were when we sat quietly on deck, a little later, enjoying the cool breeze and the gentle action of the ship, that it was only an alarm - that Providence was with us and “all was well”.

    

How very small an object was this Barque at sea, freighted with a cargo and precious lives, compared to the mighty ocean, upon which it floated and how entirely alone on this great waste of water it seemed, with no earthly hand to aid, in times of distress – none but God to save. Why should we ever, for a single moment, forget our entire dependance on Him?

 

August 1st.

Oh! For words, for true expression

Of these thoughts, so wild and deep

Thoughts, that with my burning heart

Wake, and start, as if from sleep.

Earnest, fervent searching after 

Things unfathomed, things unseen -

This mysterious wish for something

Lying Heaven and Earth between.

If I owned this single,

could I wield this pen of flame -

Could this music find an echo –

And this something find a name.

Like the organ’s swelling music, 

Which the heart cannot withstand[;

Would thy thoughts flow out in numbers

Earnest, beautiful and grand.

Broad, boundless and deep

Thou tempestuous ocean –

Lashed into foam    

By the winds mighty motion.

Dashing in anger

Thy waters on high   

Matching in beauty,

Thy blueness – Oh! Sky.

Cold – selfish and cruel

Thou beautiful sea – 

How many heart treasures

Lie buried in thee.

__________

August 2nd.

We arrived yesterday and anchored in New York Bay, but cannot yet go ashore - a ship, which left Rio the day before ours and which arrived two days ago, had been quarantined on account of two cases and a death from yellow fever while on its passage. And although our passengers and crew have been perfectly healthy, we must be quarantined and the fever was not prevailing as an epidemic when we left.

    

August 3rd, Wednesday.

The Captain went ashore to learn the particulars of the quarantine. He was told it would last five days and perhaps more. The Custom-house officer will come on board to examine our baggage and a Physician is coming to feel our pulses and look at our tongues.

    

One of the officers had refused two hundred and fifty dollars which the Captain offered for permission to enter the city. He then procured a Pilot and tow boat and at midnight raised anchor and slipped around to South Amboy on the Jersey coast. We will go to New York from there by railroad. Sad hearts yesterday, but glad ones today. 

80.  Home Sweet Home.

Montgomery,                                                                                                                                                                     .       .    

Friday, August 13th.

After reaching South Amboy, New Jersey - we were detained on ship a day and a half, as the expected Doctor did not come at the appointed time. He came at last and his pale countenance bore a striking contrast to our healthful and ruddy faces, as we all (even the baby), were tanned by the sun and the sea breeze. If we had not known this would soon wear off, we would not have felt so willing to enjoy the briny sea air on deck for so long a time. The Physician who fulfilled his duty - smiling as he passed from one to another, saying, and that it was a mere farce to even inquire the status of our health.

     

Then came the Customs House officer, who very respectfully examined our trunks and left - and afterwards the grand conclusion and burlesque - of fumigating the ship. Even these men looked around upon the hearty sailors and glanced at us, as if amused at what they were sent to do. After all the imagined obstacles were removed, we were permitted to leave the “Wavelet”.

    

Another sad parting - We were sorry to say good bye to the sailors who had been so kind to us all. The children were embraced, gently lifted into the boat which took us to shore. The sailors waved their hats as long as we could see them and then the ship, which had safely borne as over the wide waters, was seen no more.

    

We took the cars for New York. Every road, tree, house, fence pen, man, woman or child we saw filled our hearts with thankfulness, for we felt we were indeed on land.

    

My little brother Reb saw some hay stacks and he exclaimed, “I did not know that cocoa nuts grew so large in Montgomery” - and George drew our attention to “a house on legs” having never seen a building that did not have its foundation on the ground.

     

We remained in New York two days at the Western Hotel - where the Proprietor was very kind and much interested in our large family. The children did behave very nicely and we were astonished that they should be so quiet and orderly, after romping to their heart's content on shipboard for nearly two months.

    

We took a walk on Broadway and also visited Central Park. Saw Little else worth remembering during our short stay.

    

We took passage for Savannah on an elegant steamer – “San Salvador” - commanded by Captain Dickerson. This was such a delightful change from the “Wavelet” and the sea was so beautifully smooth. We enjoyed every hour of the trip.

    

The captain was attentive and agreeable, and there were also some pleasant passengers. One gentleman we found to be a particular friend of some friends we had made in Brazil. He entertained us by giving an account of the wreck of the “Mississippi” on which he was traveling when it ran ashore. All lives were saved. I think this is the only steamer that has been lost on the line between New York to Brazil. From Savannah we went on to Columbus, stopping to be with my uncle, Dr. T. Hentz. We were made very happy for a time and would have remained a week or so as they urged us to do, but our baggage was checked through to Montgomery and our journey had been so long, Pa thought it best to get on home.

    

Home! How pleasant it now to write the word. Can anyone think of joy, for a time, greater than a return to home and a welcome from friends after an absence in a foreign land, for three years. If so, let them go back with on the cars mid the crowds that gathered around us - the glad smiling faces which appeared and familiar voices we heard. Unutterable joy filled our hearts and we felt ourselves folded in kind arms. Our hands were clasped by many whose figures in the crowd we could not see.

    

But - when we saw the roof and chimneys of our dear old home, so plainly marked behind the cedars, the horses could not take us fast enough across the grassy field, along the sandy road. We would have flown.

    

The bright, full moon, again looked down as if to bless us and we felt that God was good. The sentinel poplars stood, as though we had never left them, guarding our old loved home. Lights gleamed through the windows. We had stopped.

    

One of our old servants, whose voice was among the first we heard, jumped down from the driver seat of the omnibus and opened the gate. Two of us were with Uncle Press in his hackney but all reached home together.

    

Then came the meeting with Aunt Fanny, who met us at the door - unchanged from what she was, unless to look more lovely. Our little cousin Annie, who had been taught not to forget her absent relatives, next, had her arms around our necks. She too, looked just the same, only larger and taller grown.

    

Through tears of gratitude, we enjoyed this meeting, never to be forgotten - in our home, made dearer than it had ever been by this sweet welcome. A tempting Supper was also ready for the weary travelers. But – were we tired? No – truly, joyfully, thankfully at rest. We did not sleep until long after we had gone to our rooms. The rose-vines, which when we left, only ran upon the lattices, climbed around the upper pillars and trembled in the moonlight. The cedars, which had grown thicker and taller could now be seen from our windows as we lay in our beds and the dear old poplars rose higher, much higher. Yet this seemed all that had changed. We feared to close our eyes lest in the morning we might find our joy a dream.

    

But – ‘Earth lay aslumbering ‘neath the smiles of Heaven”. And we too need needed sleep - at length, it came, to happy hearts at “Hillside”.

__________

 

END of DIARY

I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.

I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.

I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.

KEYES APR 1867.jpg

The Times-Picayune

New Orleans, Louisiana

06 Apr 1867, Sat  •  Page 7

KEYES APR 6 1867 MARMION.jpg

I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.

I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.

bottom of page